· 2019-02-17 · before atc after atc torque capability torque capability hard 30° soft 720°...

120
Assembly Technologies THE COMPLETE TIGHTENING SOLUTION

Upload: others

Post on 05-Aug-2020

7 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Assembly Technologies

THE COMPLETETIGHTENING SOLUTION

1-11_V2 9/14/06 11:03 AM Page 1

Page 2:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Before ATC

After ATC

Torque Capability

Torque Capability

Hard 30° Soft 720°

Hard 30° Soft 720°

No lubricating oil. Lownoise levels. Up to sixtimes more energyefficient. QPM quietlyand cleanly creates abetter environment foryour workers, theirproduct, and the globe.

�QualityStanley’s patentedAdaptive TighteningControl technology givesmore consistent torqueresults by automaticallyadjusting for differentjoint rates. Pneumaticand other DC electrictools require eitheroperator-dependentparameter selection or additional tools to get consistent torque results.

TOTAL COST OFOWNERSHIP

4

QPM delivers value over the life cycle of the productLowered costs on materials and labor.Reduced times for setup, fastening,rework, and maintenance. Increasedquality, productivity, ergonomics, andflexibility. Compared to pneumatic and other DC electric assembly tools,QPM is THE COMPLETE TIGHTENINGSOLUTION that delivers lifetime value.

Watch for this markthroughout the book tosee the many ways QPM

can increase your rate of return, usuallypaying back the investment in a few years—sometimes months.

�Environment

1-11_V2 9/14/06 11:04 AM Page 4

Page 3:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

�Productivity

�ErgonomicsQPM ATC prevents sudden downshift-ing which can reduce operator fatigue

and torque reaction impulse as com-pared to other DC electric tools. Soft stop

feature prevents sudden change in torquereaction to the operator.

�Error ProofingQPM compares digital results to quality limits to eliminate missed fasteners. With pneumatic tools,error proofing is more complex and less reliable.

�Return on Investment (ROI)QPM can improve ROI in a new assembly process byproviding a lower overall life cycle cost as comparedto pneumatic and other DC electric tool solutions.When comparing tooling solutions, it is important tolook at the Total Cost of Ownership, which includesoperating costs as well as up-front acquisition costs.

�ModularityCommon modularcontrollers and toolcomponents allow amanufacturer to drawon a smaller inventory ofinterchangeable partsto maintain a productionline of any size orcomplexity. Other DCelectric systems requiremore unique controllerand tool components.

QPM enables flexiblemanufacturing. A singletool can be set toassemble joints of different target torquelevels. In contrast, separate pneumatictools are required foreach different torquelevel, increasing initialcost and the repetitivecost of setup.

QPM systems reducethe frequency of mainte-nance with increasedMean Time BetweenFailures from long lifecomponents (motors,gearing, non-contactstart electronics, cables,and bearings) as compared to otherDC electric andpneumatic tools.

Simple QPM construc-tion decreases theMean Time To Repairbecause other DCelectric systems aremore complex andcostly to repair.

DC electric tools requireless frequent torqueaudits which decreaseproduction cost ascompared topneumatic tools.

MTBF

MTTR

5

�Flexibility

1-11_V2 9/14/06 11:04 AM Page 5

Page 4:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Torque

Angle

StrategiesEach strategy consists of a complete set of parametersto control and/or audit torque, angle, time, speed, andpower. Each strategy may advance to the next, invisibleto the operator, or pause the tool briefly to managedirection changes, multiple spindle synchronization, orrelaxation and crosstalk effects.

EASY METHOD

TC/AMTorque Control

with Angle Monitoring

AC/TMAngle Control

with Torque Monitoring

AC & TCAngle and

Torque Control

Adaptive Tightening Control gives eachtool the flexibility to adjust for different joint designsand variable part tolerances. Two fasteners may havethe same size and torque specifications, but differentjoint characteristics (e.g, hard vs. soft). Without ATC,either torque overshoot or long cycle times result.ATC improves torque capability and reduces cycletime by automatically adjusting to joint variations—minimizing the number of tools and set-ups.

From Easy to ExpertThe Wizard gives Easy Method control directly from

the key pad on the controller. Users can also takeadvantage of advanced programmability using

Configuration Editor or FTB software with a PC.

CONTROLSTRATEGIES

6

6

Take complete control of the assembly processWhether your tightening applicationsrequire a single strategy for assemblyto a target torque level or a series ofstrategies that can monitor materialproperties and/or component position, QPM gives you the control.

One controller can store as many as 32 parameter sets of different tightening strategies. Each parameterset holds as many as eight completestrategies to match the needs of anytightening application.

Set-up is as easy or advanced as youneed, with Wizard set-ups for thebasics and PC programmability forcomplex jobs.

Most common control strategyfor tightening threaded fasteners.Angle monitoring can detectchanges in joint rate, indicatingprocess concerns.

Settings• Torque target and limits• Angle limits

Ends at torque = torque target.Final torque and angle withinlimits for OK cycle.

Controls the amount of fastenerrotation. Angle control candetermine component positions.

Settings• Angle target and limits• Torque limits

Ends at angle = angle target.Final angle and torque withinlimits for OK cycle.

Used for very critical joints withprecision components.

Settings• Torque target and limits• Angle target and limits• Torque and angle bailouts

Ends at torque = torque target; angle = angle target. Final torque and angle within limits for OK cycle.

1-11_V2 9/14/06 11:04 AM Page 6

Page 5:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Parameter SetsWith as many as eight strategies perset, users can match a parameterset to any application.

Store 32 SetsOne Alpha Controller can storeand give users access up to 32

pre-programmed parameter sets.

CUSTOM METHOD

ADVANCED AND EXPERT METHOD

Slow Seek … Easy MethodPrevents crossthreading or rehitting the previously secured fasteners.

Pre-torque … Custom MethodOvercomes relaxation of the joint fromcrosstalk on multiple spindles.

Condition the Fastener … Custom MethodReduces frictional variation between the fastenerand mating threads on fixtured applicationsrequiring exacting precision.

TR/AMTorque Recovery

with Angle Monitoring

RC/AMRate Control

with Angle Monitoring

BACK OFFBack off the Fastener

AC/TM TC/AM

TC/AM TC/AM

TC/AM BACK OFF TC/AM

Before ATC After ATC Improve capability...Reduce cycle time

Torque Capability Torque Capability Time

Before ATC

After ATC

Hard 30° Hard 30° Soft 720°Soft 720°

7

7

YC/AMYield Control

with Angle Monitoring

Used to balance residual torquein multiple spindle operationsafter initial securing.

Settings• Torque target and limits • Angle target and limits

Ends at torque = torque target.Actual peak torque and netangle within limits for OK cycle.

Used to sense changes in jointrate (gradient) to detect galling,cross threading, and bottom out.

Settings• Torque rate target• Torque and angle limits

Ends at torque vs. angle rate =rate control target. Final torqueand angle within limits for OK cycle.

Used to sense the yield pointof a fastener based on adecreasing torque vs. angle rate.

Settings• Yield control target• Torque and angle limits

Ends at torque vs. angle rate = yield control target. Final torqueand angle within limits for OK cycle.

Backs off a fastener a selectedamount of rotation.

Settings• Back off angle target• Angle limits

Ends at angle = angle target.Final angle and torque withinlimits for OK cycle.

AC/TAAngle Control

with Torque Averaging

Averages the rolling torque fromsnug to the angle control target.Recalculates zero torque if usedwith TC/AM and the prevailingtorque option

Settings• Average Torque limits• Angle target and limits• Min and Max Torque bailouts

Ends at angle = angle target.

1-11_V2 9/14/06 11:04 AM Page 7

Page 6:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

QPM modularity allows customizedsolutions that fit your process, withall the benefits of standardization.Set up QPM to add value toEngineering, Quality Control,Production, and Maintenance. And draw on a smaller inventory of interchangeable parts tomaintain a production line of anysize or complexity.

FLEX CABLES HANDLES

LightHandheld

Standard

Fixtured Fixtured

High cycle life QPM cablesreduce the Total Cost ofOwnership as compared tothe higher maintenancecosts of cables used withother DC electric systems.QPM cable options includedifferent mountings andinterfaces that fit theapplication. However, allQPM tools can use acommon extension cable.

An ergonomic operator interfaceenhances productivity. TheMulti-function tool panel can link operators to a quality systemdecision process. Available versions include lever and pistolhandheld as well as fixtured. Atool memory chip communicatestool identification and history forall QPM tools.

QUALITY

PRODUCTION

MAINTENANCE

ENGINEERING

PRODUCTMODULARITY

8

Flexible architecture simplifies service and reduces inventory

1-11_V2 9/14/06 11:04 AM Page 8

Page 7:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

MOTORS GEARING OUTPUTS

FEWER COMPONENTS MANY UNIQUE SOLUTIONS

Premium quality DC servo motorswith high energy magnets and premium core materials generatemaximum power and accelerationwith minimal size, weight, and temperature. Double-shielded ballbearings and integral temperature monitor ensure reliable perform-ance and maximizes MTBF (MeanTime Between Failures).

Identical motors fit both handheldand fixtured tools from <0.5 to over2000 Nm., further reducing spareparts inventory.

Gearing that easily interfaces to both handheldand fixtured QPM systemshelps deliver on lower TotalCost of Ownership. Highcomponent durability, predictable life, flexibleinterfacing, and servicea-bility reduce life cycle costby increasing MTBF (MeanTime Between Failures) andreducing MTTR (Mean TimeTo Repair).

Stanley designs andmanufactures a full rangeof outputs that enableaccess to hard-to-reachfasteners. Integration of theoutput with the tool assuresoptimal performance andlong life. Angle outputshave an external fitting thatsimplifies lubrication.Hundreds of availablegeometries easily interfacewith standard QPM tools.

E0

E1

E2

E3

E4

E5

G2

G3

G4

G5

Straight/Offset

Angle/Flush

Crowfoot

Tubenut

Hold & Drive

Handheld Tools Only

Fixtured Tools Only

Common Components

9

1-11_V2 9/14/06 11:04 AM Page 9

Page 8:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

GAMMACONTROLLER• Alpha control for

one or two Spindles

• Sigma capability with Ethernet, Fieldbus, or Serial communications

• Integral PLC can completely control a workstation

SIGMA SYSTEMS• Can manage as many as

12 Alpha Controllers

• Include soft PLC for custom process control

• Interface withhundreds of ODVA compatible devices

ALPHA CONTROLLER• Same Alpha Controller with Stanley

designed servo runs any QPM tool from 0.5 to 2000 Nm

• Wizard keypad set-up can bedone without PC

• Ethernet, Fieldbus, and 24V I/O options to match plant interfaces

NETWORKINGSOLUTIONS

10

Easy and seamless integration into any level of plant controlQPM systems use a few standardmodules to flexibly scale from stand-alone systems to a plant-widenetwork of tools. Available interfaceoptions tightly integrate with plantcontrol and information systems.Common electronics and softwaremodules offer high customization andadaptability. QPM software convertscomplex process data into usefulinformation tailored to Quality,Production, Maintenance, andEngineering functions.

One Alpha controllerdesign operates all QPMtools in Sigma, Gamma,and Omega systems.

1-11_V2 9/14/06 11:04 AM Page 10

Page 9:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

OMEGA SYSTEMS• Full Sigma capability with

a PC touch screen interface

• Included PC enablesFasteningToolbox capabilityat the workstation

• Option for customized userinterfaces for line/stationcontrol

FASTENING TOOL CENTERMANAGES FASTENING OPTIONS

QUALITY

PRODUCTION

MAINTENANCE

ENGINEERING

11

1-11_V2 9/14/06 11:04 AM Page 11

Page 10:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

SOFTWARE1

12

Parameter Wizard creates simple or custom fasteningstrategies in easy steps.

Manages parametersets for download to the controller.

AVAILABLE WITH:

| CE | FTB | FTD | FTC |

ENGINEERING

Flexible parameter configuration options allowcontrol from easy to expert modes

Para

met

er W

izard

Adva

nced

Par

amet

ers

Expe

rt Pr

ogra

mm

ingPr

oces

s Res

ults

Stat

istica

l Ana

lysis

Proc

ess D

iagno

stics

Stan

ley P

LC W

izard

Cent

ral D

atab

ase

ConfigurationEditor

Manages all QPM fastening parameters. Included with allQPM controllers. Programming options range from EasyParameter Wizard to Expert Mode.

Software included with every controller.

FasteningToolbox

Adds SPC analysis, powerful process trace diagnostic, intu-itive equipment diagnostics, remote graphical run screencapability.

Optional software optimized for typical users.

FasteningToolbox Deluxe

Adds capability to create, load, and execute custom PLC pro-grams for flexible plant integration of QPM controller systems,without the need for programming.

Optional software for managing customized I/O.

FasteningTool Center

Adds plant-wide and web-enabled data collection, analysis andreporting of rundowns, conditional automatic capture of traces,statistical trend analysis, advanced parameter management tools, and executive summary reports.

Optional software for integrating plant-wide systems.

CE

FTB

FTD

FTC

Stan

d Al

one

Netw

ork A

cces

sNe

twor

k Ser

ver

Advancing Diagnostic Abilities

QPM software is offered in incremental levels of analysis capability. With each level, QPM is better able to provide targeted analysis that greatly increases QPM’s ROI.

Expert Parameter Configuration Mode

Easy, Custom, and Advanced Configuration

12-21_V2 9/14/06 11:40 AM Page 1

Page 11:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

13

Data point markers forall significant events.

Click-n-drag zoom tothe millisecond level.

Absolute versus relative scaling, filtering.

AVAILABLE WITH:

| FTB | FTD | FTC |

Link input strings and discrete 24V inputs tofastening sequencesto output strings anddiscrete 24V outputs.

Send alphanumericstrings to/fromEthernet, Fieldbus,and/or Serial communications ports.

AVAILABLE WITH:

| FTD | FTC |

ENGINEERING

Powerful integration tool links inputs to outputs

ENGINEERING

Powerful process diagnostic tools for configuration,capture, and analysis of fastening rundowns

Multi-color, multiple trace overlay allows comparison of processperformance.

Plot Torque, Angle, Time, SpeedCommand, Speed Tachometer, CurrentLimit, Current Draw, and Torque Rate.

PLC library loads and unloads PLCprograms stored in Sigma andGamma Controllers.

Graphical Wizard allows easy drag-n-drop creation of PLCladder logic without programming.

12-21_V2 9/14/06 11:40 AM Page 2

Page 12:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

SOFTWARE1

14

Plant-wide data collection includesrundown results withoptions to collecttraces from any or alloperations.

Shift, group, or customized executivesummary shows overall performanceand highlights any hot spots for furtherinvestigation.

AVAILABLE WITH:

| FTC |

Statistical tables include CP, CPK, CR, CAM, X, R, X-shift, Min, Max, 3S , +/- ns , X, R, LCL, and UCL.

SPC includes rawdata by Subgroup,Histograms, andControl Charts withtools for filtering, scaling, and analysisby alarms such assubgroups rising or falling.

AVAILABLE WITH:

| FTB | FTD | FTC |

QUALITY

SPC and Trend Analysis enable proactive managementof the plant-wide fastening system

PRODUCTION

Plant-wide data collection and analysis show process performance

Automatic parameter verification for any controller.

12-21_V2 9/14/06 11:40 AM Page 3

Page 13:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

15

Standard tachometer,thermometer, andgraphical representations ofoperator controls and feedback forease of use.

Transducer outputand motor currentshown live on oscilliscope-like displays.

Tool model/serialnumber information,including ratings and calibration values.

AVAILABLE WITH:

| FTB | FTD | FTC |

Displays Online/Offline status of allspindles. Drill down tolearn details regardingFaulted/Ready conditions.

Plant-wide performance at aglance by color coding line graphs toindicate severity ofevents detected.

Generate alerts via standard messaging.

AVAILABLE WITH:

| FTC |

MAINTENANCE

Plant-wide reporting includes status, severity of events, and messaging alerts

MAINTENANCE

Intuitive diagnostic tools reduce downtime

Event log documents process changes.

12-21_V2 9/14/06 11:40 AM Page 4

Page 14:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Select local language

to program controller

screens.

Displays settings for

parameter set, such as

torque range and ATC

downshift. Each Alpha controller

stores and displays

10,000 cycle results,

including:

• Status Flags, Torque

reading, Angle

reading

• Date, time, and

part identification

(barcode)

Displays wide range of

statistics, including:

• CP, CPK, CR, CPL,

CPU, CAM

• n, n High, n Low

• X, X, R, Max, Min

• R, s, ns• PP, PPK, PR

CONTROLLERS2

16

Alpha ControllerOperates any QPM tool from 0.5 to 2000Nm—either stand-alone or as part of anetworked system. Alpha Controllerscan be setup from the front panel, a laptop, or any remote computer on the network.

The operator interface includes a keypad for input, an information displayselected from multiple languages, andhigh/low/accept cycle status lights.QPM software for configuration andanalysis can connect through anoptional Ethernet network or standardserial connection to a single PC.

Fieldbus options enable data input oroutput from a Plant PLC through eithera DeviceNet or Profibus connection. A 24 VDC Input/Output option enableserror proofing, parameter selectionfrom a socket tray or similar device,and remote control for fixtured tools.

Menu-driven user

interface for the easy,

advanced, and expert

programming of

fastening parameters

is accessible from the

front panel, a local

laptop connection, or

remotely over a

network connection.

Plinth provides convenient and

protected cable routing plus quick

release mounting for the controller.

12-21_V2 9/14/06 11:40 AM Page 5

Page 15:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

17

EXX EDX EPX EDV EPV EXV XDX XPX XDV XPV XXV

Ethernet

Device Net

Profibus

Serial

24V DC I/O

ALPHA MODELS

View controller rundowns,

parameters, and traces from

QPM controllers using the

standard web browser of any

computer connected to the

same network. Requires no

other software.

Power supply: 115 to

230V at 50 or 60 Hz

QPM software for

configuration and

analysis can connect

through an Ethernet

network or standard

serial connection to a

single PC.

Plant PLC interface for

error proofing using

either DeviceNet or

Profibus. Alpha supports

both I/O Mapping and

Explicit Messaging.

Serial interface enables

input of part ID and

printing of results.

Error proofing I/O

assures the job cannot

inadvertently leave

station unless fastened

as specified.

Socket tray for error-proofed fas-

tening parameter selection

enables a single tool to reliably

assemble joints of different target

torque levels.

Remote operation for tools

mounted in machines, fixtures,

or arms.

Controls any tool from

0.5 to 2000 Nm in any

model configuration.

12-21_V2 9/14/06 11:40 AM Page 6

Page 16:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

CONTROLLERS2

18

Sigma SystemThe Sigma interface manages as manyas 12 Alpha controllers. Integral PLCcapability uses one of multiple Fieldbustechnologies. As a DeviceNet Masterwith Ladder Logic Engine, it can manage an entire workstation. OptionalTool Logic Control in Fastening ToolboxDeluxe software simplifies ladder logic programming.

Communications capabilities includeEthernet, multiple Fieldbus technologies,Serial and Parallel ports, plus 24VDC I/O.

As a DeviceNet master, it is capable of integrating thousands of ODVA compatible peripheral products, including expansion I/O, socket trays,barcode scanners, touch screens, limitswitches, light screens, and many more.

Operator FeedbackGamma screen messages and Epsilonlight stacks showassembly results.

Ladder Logic EngineExecutes industry-standard ladder logic. PLC built into controller. No need to purchase oneseparately.

Other DC elec-tric assemblysystems typical-

ly require a PLCcontrol interface to con-trol a workstation.Stanley’s Sigma andGamma systems withintegral soft PLC cancontrol the entire workstation, saving capital investment of $5-12k per station.

12-21_V2 9/14/06 11:40 AM Page 7

Page 17:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

19

The Gamma controller offers the fusionof the PLC, the PC, and the torque controller in a single, scalable, flexible,highly cost-effective package for oneor two spindle workstations.

Communications capabilities includingEthernet, multiple Fieldbus technologies,Serial and Parallel ports, plus 24VDC I/O.

TraceabilityThe sticker contains integrated information,including manufacturing plant, station, andoperator identification. Production informationincluding part style, option content, and dateof assembly. Plus summary and/or detailedinformation regarding the assembly process,even non-fastening related steps.

DocumentationOn completion, Gamma prints a traceabilitysticker for placement on the work piece.

PLC CapabilityGamma or Sigma initiates assembly sequencefor the part in station, prompts the operatorthrough each step, and signals conformance ateach step. For threaded fasteners, the Gammacontrols socket selection and specifications.

Gamma System

Data InputOperator places work piece in position and scans a barcode. Gammadecodes barcodescan and confirmsthat the correctpart(s) is(are) in place.

12-21_V2 9/14/06 11:40 AM Page 8

Page 18:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Omega SystemCONTROLLERS

The Omega 15” graphical touch-screeninterface manages as many as 12 Alphacontrollers from the production floor.Functions include configuration ofsecurity, information communicationand fastener parameters. Intuitiveprocess and equipment diagnosticsinclude traces and event logging.

Communications capabilities includeEthernet and multiple Fieldbus tech-nologies. As a DeviceNet master,Omega can integrate thousands ofODVA compatible peripheral products,including expansion I/O, socket trays,barcode scanners, touch screens, limitswitches, light screens, and manymore.

A custom Graphical interface can bewritten to support local functions suchas operator instructions, user-definedalarms, plant-defined screen layout andthe specific information to populatethose screens.

20

2

Torque/Angle and Torque /Time traces with zoom and multi-colormulti-trace overlay including process limits, current limit, currentdrawn, commanded speed and actual speed.

12-21_V2 9/14/06 11:41 AM Page 9

Page 19:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

21

Input/Output

Cable ports for access to internal I/O

Run screen displays single spindle results withaccumulated statistics or simultaneous displayof cycle status for multiple spindles.

SPC includes raw data by Subgroup, Histograms,and Control charts with tools for filtering, scaling,and analysis by alarms such as subgroups risingor falling.

EthernetDeviceNET Master

EthernetDeviceNET MasterDeviceNET Slave

EthernetDeviceNET MasterProfibus Slave

Etherent, USB, Serial andParallel ports. Other I/O’s such as 24 V DC, are availablethrough expansion devices.

External Communication Options

Uses StandardCompact Flash memory

Internal Communications Capabilities

A single Omega canmanage multiple spindleassembly tools.

Omega manages as many as 12alpha controllers and otherdevices in different work stations.

12-21_V2 9/14/06 11:41 AM Page 10

Page 20:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

CABLES3

22

Cables are typically the weak point inmost DC electric tool systems. But notwith the QPM product line, whereStanley engineers have designed aspecial high-flex cable that offers adramatic improvement in life expectancyover competitive products on the market.

Using Stanley’s QPM cable reducesthe total life cycle cost of a toolinstallation by reducing the downtimeassociated with cable failure as well as the significant investment in replacement cable assemblies required.

The QPM cables used on handheld tools have a

molded insert that fits into the handle, providing

superior connection strength. An integral handle

nut secures the cable to the tool.

QPM Cables minimize downtime and reduce cost

Lightweight CableConnector

22-29_V2 9/14/06 11:51 AM Page 22

Page 21:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

23

QPM connectors combine the advantages ofMIL-SPEC style connectors and 1/4 turn bayonet connectors while eliminating their disadvantages. Stanley combines the robustpins of MIL-SPEC connectors that can withstandmany connect/disconnect cycles and the convenience of 1/4 turn bayonet connectors.Stanley also offers a full line of festooning andother cable management accessories to assurea safe and operable working environment.

All cables in the QPM high-flex line are CEcompliant and meet UL/CSA specifications.

The QPM connectors for fixtured tools and all controllers install with only

four or five twists of the wrist. Strong pins that conduct signals withstand

many connect/disconnect cycles while maintaining reliablity. A ratcheting

mechanism prevents walk-off.

Jamnut

E02-34 Pistol &E23-34 Lever

E23-34 Pistol &E23-55 Lever

E12 Lever

E23-55 Fixtured

E23-55 JamnutFixtured

Pistol Bottom Exit

Handles

Hand Held Lever

E12 Lever

Pistol Top Exit

FixturedFixtured

QPM cable connectors combine the advantages of both MIL-SPEC style and bayonet connectors while eliminating their disadvan-tages. Stanley includes robust MIL-SPEC pins that can withstand manyconnect/disconnect cycles and the convenience of 1/4 turn bayonet con-nectors. In addition to standard QPM cables, lighter weight, ultra-flexiblecables and swivel cables for applications with challenging accessdemands are available. Tool cables can connect to as long as 60 m (192 ft)between the tool and the controller. 90° cable connectors are availablefor most cables.

QPM’s round cable design allows easy flexing in

any direction compared to flat cables, which can

perform differently depending on the direction

flexed. This uniform flexibility of the QPM cable

offers more consistent durability.

Extension Cables

Flex Cables

Cable Options

90° Cable Connector

22-29_V2 9/14/06 11:51 AM Page 23

Page 22:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Recessed multifunction button

requires miminal pressure with

tactile feedback. A raised ring

prevents accidental activation.

Optional Neoprene Rubber

Grip with ergonomic details

improves operator comfort.

Clear cover protects

multifunction panel and

model number label.

New cable attachment

improves starting,

insertion, alignment, and

locking of cable nut.

Increased lever length, recessed

mounting, and “flush to handle”

activation improves fit to the

operator’s hand.

A non-contact optical switch under the

start lever increases MTBF by eliminating

mechanical or magnetic switches which

wear out over time.

Levers can easily change in the

plant to Forward Facing with an

optional accessory.

HANDLE OPTIONS4

24

LeverInnovative engineering resulted in ahandle design that delivers optimalergonomics combined with advancedelectronics. From the grip options tothe programmable speaker inside thehandle, QPM continues to lead the wayin creating intuitive interfaces betweenoperator and tool. Offering a widerange of information through visual andaudo messages, the QPM lever handleprovides clever programmabilityinherent in all QPM tools.

Handles

22-29_V2 9/14/06 11:51 AM Page 24

Page 23:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Though fixtured nutrunners (below) haveoperator controls remote from the job, andtypically mount to semi-automaticequipment, QPM’s modular architectureallows both systems to use the same motorsand gears.

Multiple Function Panel

Handheld or Fixtured:QPM shares components

Handheld

Fixtured

25

Double-Ended Angle Output

Red, green, and yellow

lights indicate tool status.

The multiple function panel enables theoperator to interact with the fasteningprocess.

Blue lights indicate

disassembly or

assembly.

Programming options for the multiplefunction button can include combina-tions of change of tool direction fordisassembly, enabling the the tool,parameter selection, and reject alarmcontrol. One double-ended tool canassemble two different fastener sizes,with different torque levels and param-eter sets.

When the multifunction button is usedto select the parameter set, one of twoorange indicators illuminates to showthe active parameter set.

When used to select the

parameter set, the active

parameter set (1 or 2)

Illuminates.

Motors

Gearing

Two Handed Option

Simultaneous start required within 500 ms

Standard lever

Optional switch

Anti-tie down feature requires the operator tostart the tool with both hands.

22-29_V2 9/14/06 11:51 AM Page 25

Page 24:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

HANDLE OPTIONS4

26

Pistol QPM DC Electric Pistols are smaller,lighter, and better balanced to assureoptimal operator ergonomics.Intelligently positioned status lightsand programmable buttons improveoperator effectiveness with the tool,as do the brilliant headlights used toilluminate darkened access pointsunderneath work pieces or withinrecesses. The QPM operator interfacecommunicates information regardingprocess status and enables the desiredamount of operator control.

A center button suitable for right or left hand use can

function either as a reverse switch or change the

assembly settings for a different fastener.

A rubber grip option improves

operator comfort and tool han-

dling.

Top or bottom tool

cable exit options can

be specified to fit the

ergonomics of the

application. Cables

have quick disconnects

which can reduce

set-up time.

PistolE2

E3

G3

G4

“The new QPM pistol is surprisingly light forits torque capacity. Our operators especiallylike how the headlights help them positionthe tool for interior assembly work.— Production Engineer, Automotive OEM

A non-contacting optical switch under the

trigger increases MTBF by eliminating mechanical

or magnetic switches which wear out over time.

Motors GearingHandle

22-29_V2 9/14/06 11:51 AM Page 26

Page 25:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

27

E12 Lever

Straight, push-to-start, andangle screwdriver models canfasten from torque levels aslow as 0.6 Nm to 18 Nm. Speedranges from 2500 to 500 RPMat higher torque levels.

All models weigh less thantwo pounds (one kilogram) andare less than 12" (300 mm)long. Push-to-start modelsinclude headlights.

Fastening status LEDs, visiblefrom either side of the tool,signal the operator aboutassembly quality from pre-selected limits. A center button can function either as a reverse switch or changethe assembly settings for a different fastener.

Smart, Small and Flexible:QPM tools for lower torque applications

Long life, lightweight cables disconnect quicklyfrom the tool.

Dual headlights

illuminate low-light

work areas such as

vehicle interiors or

other enclosed

spaces.

Fastening status LEDs, visible from

either side of the tool, signal the

operator about assembly quality

from pre-selected limits.

Pistol

E12 Lever

E0

E1G2

MotorsHandlesGearing

All E12 models weigh less than two pounds (one kilogram) and are less than 12" (300mm) long.

22-29_V2 9/14/06 11:51 AM Page 27

Page 26:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

E0

E1

E2

E3

E4

E5

G2

G3

G4

G4

Quick and easyreconfiguration.The QPM tool may be assembled or disassembledin minutes, without the use of special tooling. Alongwith allowing users to easily change one modelinto another, the modular motors and gearing haveinterface designs that simplify service.

Stanley’s modular motor and gearingcomponents help QPM systems deliverlower Total Cost of Ownership. Highcomponent durability, predictable life,flexible interfacing, and serviceabilityreduce life cycle cost by increasingMTBF (Mean Time Between Failure)and reducing MTTR (Mean Time To Repair).

MOTORS & GEARS5

28

Premium quality DC(brushless) servo motorsused in all models.High energy magnets and premium corematerials ensure these motors generatemaximum power and acceleration withminimal size, weight, and temperature.

Double-shielded ball bearings and integraltemperature monitor ensure reliableperformance and maximize MTBF.

A coupler protects the motor output shaftfrom wear, resulting in a low cost replacementpart instead of the more expensive replacementmotor typical of competitive brands.

Identical motors fit both handheld and fixturedtools, further reducing spare parts inventory.

QPM Motors and Gears offer maximum power and durability

MTBFMTTR

Motors

Gearing

22-29_V2 9/14/06 11:51 AM Page 28

Page 27:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

E45E23 E33 E34 / E44

29

Torque CapabilityAngle Tools

Straight Tools

5 10 15 30 50 70 90 115 150 200 250 310 400Nm.

Nm.

Small Straight

Handheld Pistol

Fixtured Offset

Fixtured & Handheld

3 10 15 30 50 70 90 115 150 200 250 310 400 600 800 1,000 1,500 2,000

Small Angle

Fixtured & Handheld

E12

E23 E34 / E44 E45

E55

E55

E45E23 E33 E34 / E44

E12

E23 E33 E34 / E44E02

E33

E23 E34 / E44 E45E33

Crowfoot & Tubenut

22-29_V2 9/14/06 11:51 AM Page 29

Page 28:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

STRAIGHT_

OUTPUT OPTIONS6

30

Hundreds of output designs enable solutions that fit the processStanley manufactures a complete range of outputs to access all types of threaded fasteners. By controlling both the design of the tool and the output, Stanley can properly match components togain optimal performance and long life. With over 40 years of experience in developing standard and special outputs, Stanley has the expertise to handle the most challenging fastening requirements.

FLUSH ANGLE_

TUBENUT_

STRAIGHTStraight and pistol handle tools fitapplications with direct access tothe fastener.

ANGLEAngle tools can access fastenersin spaces not accessible to straighttools.

FLUSH ANGLEFlush angle tools can access verti-cal spaces 50% lower than stan-dard angle tools.

CROWFOOTCrowfoot nutrunners have a rangeof sizes and torque levels toaccess fasteners in unique, hard toreach applications.

TUBENUTTubenut nutrunners have opensockets that enable the tool end tobe put over a tube, hose, or othertubular connection to secure a fit-ting.

HOLD & DRIVEHold and drive tools simutaneouslyhold the bolt while the nut is tight-ened. A formed end on the boltinterfaces with a mating tang or bitto prevent bolt rotation.

Travel

"R"

"R"

��

"W"

"T"

"W"

"H"

"R"� �

"H"

"R" ��

30-38-V2 9/14/06 12:28 PM Page 30

Page 29:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

T_

31

s

GLE_

_

StraightTorque Range "R" Side to

CenterModelPistol Nm ft lb mm inchE02PB 0.7 - 5 0.5 - 3.5 18 0.7

E12PB 1.3 - 17 1 - 12.5 20 0.8

E23PB 2.5 - 31 2 - 23 26 1.04

E33PB 2.5 - 42 4 - 30 26 1.04

E34PB1 60 - 100 44 - 74 32 1.25

StraightTorque Range Speed Model

Range"R" Side to

CenterModel

Lever Motor Nm ft lb RPM mm inch

E12LB E12LP 0.6 - 17 0.4 - 12.5 2535 to 610 21 0.83

E23LB E23MB 2.5 - 31 2 - 23 2545 to 540 24 0.9

E33LB E33MB 10 - 40 7 - 30 1125 to 890 24 0.9

E34LB1 E34MB1 18 - 100 13 - 74 605 to 365 32 1.25

E44LB1 E44MB1 20 - 100 15 - 74 885 to 590 32 1.25

E45LB2 E45MB2 48 - 250 35 - 184 345 to 220 34 1.35

E55LB2 E55MB2 38 - 250 28 - 184 720 to 380 34 1.35

E55LB3 E55MB3 97 - 322 71 - 237 230 35 1.4

E55LB4 E55MB4 141 - 623 104 - 459 185 to 140 44 1.7

E55LB5 E55MB5 307 - 2005 226 - 1479 45 to 35 48 1.9

AngleTorque Range Speed Model

Range"R" Side to

Center"H" Height/Std Socket

Flush Angle "H" Height

StdSocketModel Model

Lever Motor Nm ft lb RPM mm inch mm inch Lever mm inchE12LA10 0.6 - 6 0.4 - 4.4 2325 to 1490 10 0.4 56 2.2 E12LA10 31 1.2

E12LA13 3 - 18 2.2 - 13 1690 to 590 13 0.5 72 2.8 E12LA13 34 1.32

E12LA14 7 - 23 5 - 17 560 14 0.55 73 2.9 E12LA14 35 1.4

E23LA13 3.5 - 11 2.5-8 1500 13 0.5 40 1.6 E23LA13 35 1.4

E23LA14-33 3.5 - 33 2.5 - 24 725 to 500 14 0.55 73 2.9 E23LA14-33 35 1.4

E33LA18 E33MA18 14-41 10-34 750 17.5 0.69 47 1.9 E33LA18 40 1.56

E33LA19 E33MA19 14 - 60 10 - 44 725 to 570 19 0.75 85 3.4 E33LA19 47 1.86

E34/44LA19 E34/44MA19 21-70 15-51.5 435 19 0.75 98 3.9 E34/44LA19 47 1.86

E34LA22 E34MA22 21 - 115 15 - 85 335 to 300 22 0.88 101 3.95 E34LA22 47 1.86

E44LA22 E44MA22 30 - 120 22 - 88.5 545 to 360 22 0.88 101 3.95 E44LA22 50 1.95

E45LA26 E45MA26 45 - 201 33 - 148 330 to 265 26 1.02 117 4.62 E45LA26 60 2.37

E55LA32 E55MA32 33 - 401 22 - 295 250 to 200 32 1.25 138 5.43 E55LA32 71 2.8

Model Torque Range Max HexSize Width "W" Thickness "T"

Crowfoot Nm ft lb mm inch mm inch mm inchE23LC8 5 - 16 3.5 - 12 13 0.5 25.4 1 16 0.64

E23LC106 5 - 16 3.5 - 12 13 0.5 25.4 1 16 0.64

E23/33LC69 4.5 - 27 3.5 - 20 13 0.5 32 1.25 16 0.64

E23/33LC246 6.5 - 38 5 - 28 13 0.5 32 1.25 20.5 0.81

E23/33LC13 5.5 -30 4 - 22 13 0.5 32 1.25 20.5 0.81

E23/33LC35 5 - 31 3.5 - 23 19 0.75 38 1.5 14 0.55

E34LC29 13.5 - 45 10 - 33 19 0.75 38 1.5 14 0.55

E34LC7 14 - 47 10.5 - 35 19 0.75 38 1.5 21 0.84

E34LC16 14 - 47 10.5 - 35 19 0.75 38 1.5 21 0.84

E34/44LC10 14 -88 10.5 - 65 19 0.75 38 1.5 28 1.1

E44LC31 31 - 102 23 - 75 19 0.75 38 1.5 28 1.1

E45LC21 65 - 216 48 - 159 27 1.12 59 2.3 31 1.2

Model Torque Range Max HexSize

Max TubeSize Width "W" Thickness "T"

Tubenut Nm ft lb mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inchE23LT346 4 - 25 3 - 18 13 1/2 8 5/16 13 0.5 14 0.54

E23LT252 4 - 22 5 - 16 13 1/2 8 5/16 13 0.5 14 0.54

E23LT74 4 - 30 3 - 22 18 11/16 11 7/16 48 1.9 14.5 0.57

E23LT264 4 - 44 3 - 32 24 15/16 13 1/2 54 2.1 18 0.7

E34LT23 12 - 41 9 - 30 18 11/16 11 7/16 48 1.9 23 0.92

E34LT99 14 - 62 10 - 46 27 1 1/8 19 3/4 75 2.9 19.5 0.77

E44LT20 31 - 102 23 - 75 27 1 1/8 19 3/4 75 2.9 32 1.25

Model Torque Range "R" Side toCenter Travel

Hold & Drive Nm ft lb mm inch mm inchE34/44LH22V1 20 - 110 16 - 81 22 0.88 25 1”

E45LH26V1 43 - 191 32 - 141 26 1.02 25 1”

E55LH32V1 29 - 380 2 - 280 32 1.25 25 1”

50 mm (2”) also

ANGLE _

CROWFOOT_

HOLD & DRIVE_

30-38-V2 9/14/06 12:28 PM Page 31

Page 30:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

FIXTURED TOOLS7

32

Stanley manufactures a complete range of fixtured tools mountedto arms, balancers, torque tubes and other machinery. Fixturingabsorbs torque reaction impulse and facilitates automation.Retractable spindles help multiple spindle fixtured tools engagethe spindles on the job.

Fixtured and Multiple Spindle Tools

STRAIGHTStraight tools fit applications withdirect access to the fastener.Applications include wheel nutmultiples and workstationswhere the part is placed into atool fixture for assembly.

OFFSETOffset spindle heads allowsimultaneous fastening on close center dis-tances.

ANGLEFixture angle tools work well onapplications with limited spacefor tool access.

OFFSET_

30-38-V2 9/14/06 12:28 PM Page 32

Page 31:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

33

STRAIGHT_

ANGLE_

Model Torque Range Max Speed Head Radius "H" Height/StdSocket

RetractionDistance

Angle Nm ft lb RPM mm inch mm inch mm

E33MA18F1 14 - 46 10 - 34 750 17.5 0.69 135 5.3 16mm (5/8")

E33MA19F1 18 - 60 13 - 44 570 19 0.75 197.5 7.8 25mm

E34MA19F1 21 - 70 51.5 435 19 0.75 197.5 7.8 (1")

E44MA19F1 21 - 70 15 - 51.5 635 19 0.75 197.5 7.8 25mm

E34MA22F1 35 - 116 26 - 85 295 22 0.88 165 6.5 (1")

E44MA22F1 35 - 115 22 - 74.5 475 22 0.88 165 6.5 25mm

E45MA26F1 45 - 201 33 - 110 265 - 330 26 1.02 194 7.7 (1")

E55MA26F1 33 - 221 22 - 74 385 - 880 26 1.02 204 8 25mm

E55MA32F1 101 - 401 75 - 295 205 - 255 32 1.25 245 9.6 (1")

50 mm (2”)

Model Torque Range Max Speed FlangeRadius

*RetractionDistance

Straight Nm ft lb RPM mm inch mm

E23MBF1 2.5 - 31 2 - 23 540 - 2245 48 1.88 19mm

E33MBF1 10 - 40 7 - 30 890 - 1125 48 1.88 (3/4")

E34MB1F1 18 - 100 13 - 74 365 - 605 49 1.94 25mm

E44MB1F1 20 - 100 15 - 74 590 - 885 49 1.94 (1")

E45MB2F1 48 - 160 35 - 118 345 49 1.94 25mm

E55MB2F1 38 - 200 28 - 147 475 - 715 49 1.94 (1")

E45MB3F1 48 - 250 35 - 184 220 - 345 56 2.19 25mm

E55MB3F1 38 - 322 28 - 237 230 - 715 56 2.19 (1")

E55MB4F1 141 - 623 104 - 459 140 - 185 72 2.84 25mm

E55MB5F1 307 - 2005 226 - 1479 35 - 75 80 3.16 (1")

50 mm (2”)

50 mm (2”)

Model Torque Range Max Speed "R" Side toCenter

RetractionDistance

Offset Nm ft lb RPM mm inch mm

E23MDF1 2 - 27 1.5 - 20 540 - 2245 13 0.5 19mm

E33MDF1 9 - 36 6.5 - 27 890 - 1125 13 0.5 (3/4")

E34MD1F1 16 - 90 12 - 66 365 - 605 17 0.67 25mm

E44MD1F1 17.5 - 90 13 - 66 590 - 885 17 0.67 (1")

E45MD2F1 43 - 144 32 - 106 345 19 0.75 25mm

E55MD2F1 34 - 180 25 - 133 475 - 715 19 0.75 (1")

E45MD3F1 43 - 225 32 - 166 220 - 345 25.4 1 25mm

E55MD3F1 34 - 225 25 - 225 380 - 715 25.4 1 (1")

30-38-V2 9/14/06 12:28 PM Page 33

Page 32:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

ACCESSORIES8Output

Guided Extension CollarsMinimize tool vibration from sockets with extensions.

Guided Extension Collars use a heavy-duty bearing that minimizes wobble andreduces side-loading to reduce prema-ture tool wear and improve tool reliability.

Stanley offers protective cov-ers for tool outputs to protectfinished product surfaces fromunintended contact. Custom fitto the tool geometry minimizesthe added size.

Protection Head Covers

PinchPoint ProtectorsMinimize operator pinch hazard at the socket-tool interface

Stanley produces crowfoot and tubenut outputs for a widerange of sizes and torque levels. Years of application engi-neering expertise enables special outputs tailored to theapplication. Vertical orientations, special head angles, pis-tol tubenuts and crowfoot mounted hold & drive satisfyunique access requirements for different fasteners. Stanleyalso supplies sockets that match the design requirements ofthe tool for flush angle, crowfoot, hold & drive and tubenutoutputs.

Special ConfigurationsPistol Handle Tubenut

Special Tubenut

Hold and DriveCrowfoot

34

Independent tests shows Guided ExtensionCollars reduce vibration by 72%

EpsilonEpsilon light stacks show assembly results. ---

-Provides visual indications of process statusfrom a Gamma Controller, Sigma Interface orother PLC ( red, green and yellow lights).

-Proximity or limit switch inputs can includePart Entry, Part Exit and a warning position.

-Mounting compatible with Sigma and AlphaModules.

30-38-V2 9/14/06 12:28 PM Page 34

Page 33:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Socket Trays

Reaction Arms

Flange Brackets

Base Mount Brackets

Swivel Bail

Wire Bail

Two Handed Option

Standard lever

Optional switch

Anti-tie down feature requires the operator tostart the tool with both hands.

Calibration/Test JointsTest joints enable repeatable jointcharacteristics to calibrate and evalu-ate tool capability. Both hard and softjoint characteristics are included for arange of torque values.

Socket trays increase productivity by enabling asingle tool to quickly change fastener size andsetup. The controller automatically detects theselected socket to error proof setup. Typicalsocket trays contain 4 to 8 sockets, other config-urations are available.

Tool MountingStanley offers mounting accessories to transfertorque reaction impulse away from the operatorand bails to connect to tool weight balancers. Splitmounts speed their installation without tool disas-sembly.

35

35

30-38-V2 9/14/06 12:28 PM Page 35

Page 34:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Page 35:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Assembly Technologies

SELECTION & CONFIGURATIONCATALOG

Page 36:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Tools, Controllers and Software

2

Pistol 2

E & EA Straight Lever 2

Straight Motors 2

Angle Lever 3

Flush Angle Lever 3

E Angle Motors 3

Crowfoot Lever 4

Tubenut Lever 4

Hold & Drive Lever 5

E Straight Retractable Motors 6

E Offset Retractable Motors 6

E Angle Retractable Motors 7

Single Spindle Tool Selector

E

E

E & EA

E & EA

E & EA

E & EA

E & EA

6Multiple Spindle Motor Selector

How to Use the QPM Catalog

1. To select a tool using job criteria, see either the SingleSpindle or Multiple Spindle Tool Selector.2. To configure a specific tool, see the pages under ToolSpecification and Configuration.3. Select required cables, controllers and accessories.

Tool Specification and Configuration

EA Straight Lever (2 to 100 Nm) 8

EA Angle Lever (2 to 120 Nm) 8

EA Flush Angle Lever (3 to 120 Nm) 9

EA Crowfoot Lever (4.5 to 88 Nm) 10

EA Tubenut Lever (6.5 to 62 Nm) 11

EA Hold & Drive Lever (14 to 110 Nm) 13

E Pistol (0.6 to 340 Nm) 20

E Straight Lever (0.6 to 2000 Nm) 22

E Straight Motors (0.6 to 2000 Nm) 23

E Angle Lever (0.4 to 401 Nm) 25

E Flush Angle Lever (2 to 401 Nm) 28

E Angle Motors (46 to 401 Nm) 30

E Crowfoot Lever (4 to 216 Nm) 31

E Tubenut Lever (4 to 102 Nm) 33

E Hold & Drive Lever (11 to 380 Nm) 35

E Straight Retractable (2.5 to 2005 Nm) 40

E Offset Retractable (2 to 225 Nm) 43

E Angle Retractable (14 to 401 Nm) 45

48

Special Output Options

Standard Socket Options

Hold & Drive Options

Cables for EA Tools

Cables for E Tools

Controllers for EA and E Tools

Controllers for E Tools

Socket Trays, Mounting Options, Protectionand Test Fixtures

Warranty

25

34

37

14

47

15

19

Back Inside Cover

www.StanleyAssembly.com0808

Page 37:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Single Spindle Tool Selector

Selection Instructions:1. Select the and .

4. Find the and .: All are operator controlled except. Also consider tool ergonomics when selecting

and .

Tool Style Output Type

Catalog Model PageNOTE Tool StylesMotorsTool Style Output

2. Select the that fits the fastener torque.3. Ensure fits your .

Torque RangeTool Clearance Work Space

H

R

E_LB

H

R E_PB

2

R

H

Work Space

www.StanleyAssembly.com 0508

Output TypeTool Style Catalog

Nm ft lb mm inch mm inch Model PageP S 0.7 - 2 0.5 - 1.5 18 0.7 197 7.7 E02PB-2I T 1 - 5 0.7 - 3.5 18 0.7 211 8.3 E02PBS R 1.3 - 4 1 - 3 20 0.8 222 8.7 E12PB-4T A 3 - 10 2 - 7 20 0.8 236 9.3 E12PB-10O IL G mm inch

H 4 - 17 3 - 12.5 20 0.8 250 9.8 E12PBT 2.5 - 8 2 - 6 26 1.04 286 11.2 E23PB-8

5 - 31 4 - 23 26 1.04 301 11.8 E23PB2.5 - 42 4 - 30 26 1.04 326 12.8 E33PB60 - 100 44 - 74 32 1.25 375 15 E34PB147 - 155 35 - 115 34 1.34 520 20.5 E35PB281 - 340 60 - 252 44 1.72 558 22 E35PB4

mm inchL S 0.6 - 4 0.4 - 3 18 0.7 256 10.1 E12LB-4E T 2 - 10 1.3 - 7.4 18 0.7 270 10.6 E12LBV RE A mm inchR I 4 - 17 3 - 12.5 21 0.83 410 16.2 E12LB 22

G 2 - 7 1.5 - 5 21 0.83 424 16.7 EA23LB-7H 4 - 31 3 - 23 21 0.83 439 17.3 EA23LBT 2.5 - 8 2 - 6 24 0.9 496 19.5 E23LB-8

5 - 31 4 - 23 24 0.9 511 20.1 E23LB4.5 - 15 3.3 - 11 21 0.83 450 17.7 EA33LB-157.5 - 40 5.5 - 30 21 0.83 465 18.3 EA33LB10 - 40 7 - 30 24 0.9 536 21.1 E33LB 2218 - 100 13 - 74 25 1 514 20.2 EA34LB1 818 - 100 13 - 74 32 1.25 585 23 E34LB120 - 100 15 - 74 32 1.25 594 23.4 E44LB148 - 250 35 - 184 34 1.35 660 26 E45LB238 - 250 28 - 184 34 1.35 687 27.1 E55LB297 - 322 71 - 237 35 1.4 700 27.5 E55LB3141 - 623 104 - 459 44 1.7 748 29.4 E55LB4307 - 1023 226 - 754 48 1.9 778 30.6 E55LB5491 - 2005 362 - 1479 48 1.9 810 31.9 E55LB5

M S 0.6 - 17 0.4 - 12.5 21 0.83 410 16.2 E12LP 23O T 2.5 - 8 2 - 6 24 0.9 439 17.3 E23MB-8T R 5 - 31 4 - 23 24 0.9 454 17.9 E23MBO A 10 - 40 7 - 30 24 0.9 479 18.9 E33MBR I 18 - 100 13 - 74 32 1.25 528 20.8 E34MB1S G 20 - 100 15 - 74 32 1.25 537 21.2 E44MB1

H 48 - 250 35 - 184 34 1.35 603 23.8 E45MB2T 38 - 250 28 - 184 34 1.35 630 24.9 E55MB2

97 - 322 71 - 237 35 1.4 643 25.3 E55MB3141 - 623 104 - 459 44 1.7 691 27.2 E55MB4307 - 1023 226 - 754 48 1.9 721 28.4 E55MB5491 - 2005 362 - 1479 48 1.9 753 29.7 E55MB5

"H" Height/Std Socket

8

22

23

(90º cable exceptE12 Models)

8

22

Tool ClearanceTorque Range "R" Side to Center "H" Height/QC Chuck

20

"H" Height/Std Socket

"H" Height/QC Chuck

22

20

21

24

25

Page 38:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Single Spindle Angle Tool Selector

H

R

Angle

3

H

R

Flush Angle

www.StanleyAssembly.com0808

R

H

Work Space

Selection Instructions:1. Select the and .

4. Find the and .: All are operator controlled except. Also consider tool ergonomics when selecting

and .

Tool Style Output Type

Catalog Model PageNOTE Tool StylesMotorsTool Style Output

2. Select the that fits the fastener torque.3. Ensure fits your .

Torque RangeTool Clearance Work Space

Output TypeTool Style Catalog

Nm ft lb mm inch mm inch Model PageL A 0.6 - 6 0.4 - 4.4 10 0.4 56 2.2 E12LA10E N 3 - 18 2.2 - 13 13 0.5 72 2.8 E12LA13V G 7 - 23 5 - 17 14 0.55 73 2.9 E12LA14E L 2 - 6 1.3 - 4.4 10 0.4 55 2.2 EA23LA10-6R E 3 - 18 2.2 - 13 13 0.5 71 2.8 EA23LA13

3.5 - 11 2.5 - 8 13 0.5 71 2.8 E23LA13-11 266.6 - 35 5 - 26 14 0.55 74 2.9 EA23LA14 86 - 33 5 - 24 14 0.55 74 2.9 E23LA14 2612 - 46 9 - 34 17.5 0.69 78 3.1 EA33LA18 814 - 46 10 - 34 17.5 0.69 78 3.1 E33LA18-46 2615 - 48 10.5 - 35 19 0.75 85 3.4 EA33LA19-4818 - 60 13 - 44 19 0.75 98 3.9 EA33LA19-6015 - 60 10.5 - 44 19 0.75 85 3.4 E33LA19 2624 - 80 18 - 59 19 0.75 98 3.9 EA34_LA19-80 921 - 70 15 - 51.5 19 0.75 98 3.9 E34/44LA19-70 2630 - 120 22 - 88.5 22 0.88 101 4.0 EA34LA22 930 - 115 22 - 85 22 0.88 101 4.0 E34LA2230 - 120 22 - 88.5 22 0.88 101 4.0 E44LA2245 - 201 33 - 148 26 1.02 117 4.6 E45LA2633 - 221 22 - 163 26 1.02 117 4.6 E55LA26101 - 401 75 - 295 32 1.25 138 5.4 E55LA32

3 - 11 2.2 - 13 13 0.5 35 1.4 E12LA137 - 23 5 - 17 14 0.55 36 1.4 E12LA14-23

F 3 - 18 2.2 - 13 13 0.5 35 1.4 EA23LA13 9L 3.5 - 11 2.5 - 8 13 0.5 35 1.4 E23LA13-11 28U 6.6 - 31 5 - 23 14 0.55 36 1.4 EA23LA14 9

L S 6 - 31 5 - 23 14 0.55 33 1.3 E23LA14E H 14 - 41 10 - 34 17.5 0.69 47 1.9 E33LA18-46V 15 - 60 10.5 - 44 19 0.75 49 1.9 EA33LA19 9E A 15 - 60 10.5 - 44 19 0.75 47 1.9 E33LA19 28R N 24 - 80 18 - 59 19 0.75 49 1.9 EA34LA19 9

G 21 - 70 15 - 51.5 19 0.75 50 2.0 E34/44LA19-70 26L 30 - 120 22 - 88.5 22 0.88 50 2 EA34LA22 9E 30 - 115 22 - 85 22 0.88 47 1.9 E34LA22

30 - 120 22 - 88.5 22 0.88 50 2.0 E44LA2245 - 201 33 - 148 26 1.02 60 2.4 E45LA2633 - 221 22 - 163 26 1.02 60 2.4 E55LA26101 - 361 75 - 295 32 1.25 71 2.8 E55LA32

M A 14 - 46 10 - 34 17.5 0.69 78 3.1 E33MA18F0-46O N 15 - 60 10.5 - 44 19 0.75 85 3.4 E33MA19F0-60T G 21 - 70 15 - 51.5 19 0.75 98 3.9 E34/44MA19-70O L 30 - 115 22 - 85 22 0.88 101 4.0 E34MA22R E 30 - 120 22 - 88.5 22 0.88 101 4.0 E44MA22S 45 - 201 33 - 148 26 1.02 117 4.6 E45MA26

33 - 221 22 - 163 26 1.02 117 4.6 E55MA26101 - 401 75 - 295 32 1.25 138 5.4 E55MA32

Torque Range "R" Side to Center "H" Height/Std SocketTool Clearance

25

8

8

26

30

27

28

28

29

Page 39:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

H

R

REACH

Single Spindle Crowfoot Tool Selector

Single Spindle Tubenut Tool Selector

4

H

R

REACH

www.StanleyAssembly.com

R

H

Work Space

0808

Selection Instructions:1. Select the and .

4. Find the and .: All are operator controlled except. Also consider tool ergonomics when selecting

and .

Tool Style Output Type

Catalog Model PageNOTE Tool StylesMotorsTool Style Output

2. Select the that fits the fastener torque.3. Ensure fits your .

Torque RangeTool Clearance Work Space

Output TypeTool Style Max Hex Size Catalog

Nm ft lb mm inch mm inch mm inch mm (in) Model Page3 - 16 2 - 12 13 0.5 16 0.64 44.5 1.75 EA23LC8-16 104 - 16 3 - 12 13 0.5 16 0.64 44.5 1.75 E12/23LC84 - 16 3 - 12 13 0.5 16 0.64 64.5 2.5 E12/23LC106

L C 4.5 - 15 3.5 - 11 13.5 0.53 16 0.64 47 1.9 EA23LC69-15E R 8 - 27 6 - 20 13.5 0.53 16 0.64 47 1.9 EA33LC69-27V O 4.5 - 15 3.5 - 11 13.5 0.53 16 0.64 47 1.9 E23LC69-15E W 8 - 27 6 - 20 13.5 0.53 16 0.64 47 1.9 E33LC69-27R F 9 - 30 7 - 22 16 0.63 15 0.58 45 1.8 E12LC379-30

O 9 - 30 7 - 22 16 0.63 15 0.58 45 1.8 EA23LC379-30O 6 - 20 4.5 - 15 16 0.63 20.5 0.81 46 1.8 EA23LC246-20T 12 - 38 9 - 28 16 0.63 20.5 0.81 46 1.8 EA33LC246-38

6.5 - 22 5 - 16 16 0.63 20.5 0.81 46 1.8 E23LC246-2212 - 38 9 - 28 16 0.63 20.5 0.81 46 1.8 E33LC246-388 - 27 6 - 20 16 0.63 20.5 0.81 56 2.2 EA33LC800-27

5.5 - 18 4 - 13 16 0.63 20.5 0.81 47 1.9 EA23LC13-189 - 30 6.5 - 22 16 0.63 20.5 0.81 47 1.9 EA33LC13-30

5.5 - 18 4 - 13 16 0.63 20.5 0.81 47 1.9 E23LC13-189 - 30 6.5 - 22 16 0.63 20.5 0.81 47 1.9 E33LC13-305 - 16 3.5 - 12 20.5 0.81 14 0.55 75 3 E23LC35-169 - 31 7 - 23 20.5 0.81 14 0.55 75 3 E33LC35-31

10.5 - 35 8 - 26 20.5 0.81 14 0.55 43 1.7 EA33LC29-3513.5 - 45 10 - 33 20.5 0.81 14 0.55 43 1.7 EA34LC29-4513.5 - 45 10 - 33 20.5 0.81 14 0.55 43 1.7 E34LC29-45 3215 - 49 11 - 36 20.5 0.81 28 1.1 71 2.8 EA34LC10 1115 - 49 11 - 36 20.5 0.81 28 1.1 71 2.8 E34LC10-4926 - 88 20 - 65 20.5 0.81 28 1.1 71 2.8 E44LC10-8831 - 102 23 - 75 20.5 0.81 28 1.1 39 1.5 E44LC31-10265 - 216 48 - 159 29 1.16 31 1.2 59 2.3 E45LC21-216

19 ( 3/4)

31

32

11

32

31

10

31

31

"H" Height/Std SocketTool Clearance

Torque Range "R" Side to Center

10

10

Reach

13 (1/2)

Output TypeTool Style "R" Side to Center "H" Height/Std Socket Max Hex Size Catalog

Nm ft lb mm inch mm inch mm inch mm (in) Model Page6.5 - 22 5 - 16 13 0.5 14 0.54 56 2.2 EA33LT252 117.5 - 25 5.5 - 18 13 0.5 14 0.54 56 2.2 E12/23LT2524 - 25 3 - 18 13 0.5 14 0.54 34 1.3 E23LT346

7.5 - 25 5.5 - 18 13 0.5 14 0.54 34 1.3 EA33LT346-25L T 7.5 - 25 5.5 - 18 13 0.5 14 0.54 24 0.9 EA33LT801-25E U 4 - 30 3 - 22 18.5 0.73 14.5 0.57 52 2.1 EA33LT74-30V B 4 - 30 3 - 22 18.5 0.73 14.5 0.57 52 2.1 E23LT74 33E E 6.5 - 22 5 - 16 21.3 0.84 18 0.7 82 3.2 EA23LT264R N 6.5 - 44 5 - 32 21.3 0.84 18 0.7 82 3.2 EA33LT264

U 6.5 - 44 5 - 32 21.3 0.84 18 0.7 82 3.2 E23LT264 33T 12 - 41 9 - 30 18.5 0.73 23 0.92 48 1.9 EA34LT23-41 11

12 - 41 9 - 30 18.5 0.73 23 0.92 48 1.9 E34LT23-41 3314 - 62 10 - 46 26 1.03 19.5 0.77 66 2.6 EA34LT99 1114 - 62 10 - 46 26 1.03 19.5 0.77 66 2.6 E34LT9931 - 102 23 - 75 26 1.03 32 1.25 66 2.6 E44LT20-102

24 (15/16)11

18 (11/16)

27 (1 1/16)33

33

11

18 (11/16)

13 (1/2)

Tool ClearanceTorque Range Reach

Page 40:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Single Spindle Hold & Drive Tool Selector

5

R

H

Reach for 0extended socket

www.StanleyAssembly.com0508

R

H

Work Space

Selection Instructions:1. Select the and .

4. Find the and .: All are operator controlled except. Also consider tool ergonomics when selecting

and .

Tool Style Output Type

Catalog Model PageNOTE Tool StylesMotorsTool Style Output

2. Select the that fits the fastener torque.3. Ensure fits your .

Torque RangeTool Clearance Work Space

Output TypeTool Style "R" Side to Center Catalog

Nm ft lb mm inch mm inch mm inch Model Page14 - 46 10 - 34 17.5 0.69 109 4.28 52 2 EA33LH18V1 1311 - 46 8 - 34 17.5 0.69 109 4.28 52 2 E23/33LH18V1 3523 - 110 17 - 81 22 0.88 99 3.88 32 1.3 EA34LN22V1 13

L H 20 - 110 16 - 81 22 0.88 99 3.88 32 1.3 E34/44LN22V1 35E O 23 - 110 17 - 81 22 0.88 118 4.65 51 2 EA34LH22V1 13V L 20 - 110 16 - 81 22 0.88 118 4.65 51 2 E34/44LH22V1 35E D 43 - 191 32 - 141 26 1.02 96 3.8 30 1.2 E45LN26V1R 29 - 210 21 - 155 26 1.02 96 3.8 30 1.2 E55LN26V1

& 43 - 191 32 - 141 26 1.02 114 4.62 43 1.7 E45LH26V129 - 210 21 - 155 26 1.02 114 4.62 43 1.7 E55LH26V1

D 96 - 380 71 - 280 32 1.25 155 6.1 60 2.4 E55LH32V1RIV CatalogE Nm ft lb mm inch mm inch mm inch Model Page

14 - 46 10 - 34 17.5 0.69 142 5.58 82 3.3 EA33LH18V2 1311 - 46 8 - 34 17.5 0.69 142 5.58 82 3.3 E23/33LH18V2 3523 - 110 17 - 81 22 0.88 137 5.40 62 2.4 EA34LN22V2 1320 - 110 16 - 81 22 0.88 137 5.40 62 2.4 E34/44LN22V2 3523 - 110 17 - 81 22 0.88 144 5.68 81 3.2 EA34LH22V2 1320 - 110 16 - 81 22 0.88 144 5.68 81 3.2 E34/44LH22V2 3543 - 191 32 - 141 26 1.02 140 5.65 73 2.9 E45LH26V229 - 210 21 - 155 26 1.02 140 5.65 73 2.9 E55LH26V296 - 380 71 - 280 32 1.25 180 7.1 87 3.4 E55LH32V2

36

Minimum Reach

36

2" TravelTorque Range "R" Side to Center "H" Height/Std Socket Minimum Reach

Tool Clearance1" Travel

Torque Range "H" Height/Std Socket

Page 41:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Output TypeTool Style Tool Catalog

Nm ft lb mm inch mm inch Removal Model PageM S 2.5 - 8 2 - 6 48 1.88 544 21.4 E23MBF1-8O T 6 - 31 5 - 23 48 1.88 557 21.9 E23MBF1T R 10 - 40 7 - 30 48 1.88 582 22.9 E33MBF1O A 2.5 - 8 2 - 6 35 1.38 544 21.4 E23MBF1-8FR I 6 - 31 5 - 23 35 1.38 556 21.9 E23MBF1-FS G 10 - 40 7 - 30 35 1.38 582 22.9 E33MBF1-F

H 18 - 100 13 - 74 49 1.94 631 24.8 E34MB1F1T 20 - 100 15 - 74 49 1.94 640 25.2 E44MB1F1

48 - 160 35 - 118 49 1.94 727 28.7 E45MB2F1R 38 - 200 28 - 147 49 1.94 755 29.8 E55MB2F1E 75 - 250 55 - 184 56 2.19 744 29.2 E45MB3F1T 75 - 250 55 - 184 56 2.19 772 30.3 E55MB3F1R 97 - 322 71 - 237 56 2.19 850 33.4 E55MB3F1-322A 141 - 623 104 - 459 72 2.84 943 37.04 E55MB4F1C 307 - 1023 226 - 754 80 3.16 988 38.84 E55MB5F1-1023T 491 - 2005362 - 1479 80 3.16 1020 40.04 E55MB5F1AB Tool CatalogL Nm ft lb mm inch mm inch Removal Model PageE 2.5 - 8 2 - 6 48 1.88 634 25 E23MBF2-8

6 - 31 5 - 23 48 1.88 648 25.5 E23MBF210 - 40 7 - 30 48 1.88 674 26.5 E33MBF22.5 - 8 2 - 6 35 1.38 634 24.9 E23MBF2-8F6 - 31 5 - 23 35 1.38 648 25.5 E23MBF2-F10 - 40 7 - 30 35 1.38 674 26.5 E33MBF2-F18 - 100 13 - 74 49 1.94 716 28.2 E34MB1F220 - 100 15 - 74 49 1.94 725 25.2 E44MB1F248 - 160 35 - 118 49 1.94 778 30.7 E45MB2F238 - 200 28 - 147 49 1.94 786 31.8 E55MB2F275 - 250 55 - 184 56 2.19 823 32.4 E45MB3F275 - 250 55 - 184 56 2.19 851 33.5 E55MB3F297 - 322 71 - 237 56 2.19 929 36.5 E55MB3F2-322141 - 623 104 - 459 72 2.84 1057 41.5 E55MB4F2307 - 1023 226 - 754 80 3.16 1093 42.9 E55MB5F2-1023491 - 2005362 - 1479 80 3.16 1125 44.1 E55MB5F2

Tool CatalogNm ft lb mm inch mm inch Removal Model Page

M O 2 - 7 105 - 5 13 0.5 544 21.4 E23MDF1-7O F 6 - 27 4 - 20 13 0.5 557 21.9 E23MDF1T F 9 - 36 6.5 - 27 13 0.5 583 22.9 E33MDF1O S 2 - 7 1.5 - 5 13 0.5 544 21.4 E23MDF1-7FR E 6 - 27 4 - 20 13 0.5 557 21.9 E23MDF1-FS T 9 - 36 6.5 - 27 13 0.5 583 22.9 E33MDF1-F

16 - 90 12 - 66 17 0.67 631 24.8 E34MD1F1R 17.5 - 90 13 - 66 17 0.67 640 25.2 E44MD1F1E 43 - 144 32 - 106 19 0.75 711 28 E45MD2F1-144T 34 - 180 25 - 133 19 0.75 739 29.1 E55MD2F1R 43 - 225 32 - 166 25.4 1 744 29.2 E45MD3F1

54 - 225 33 - 166 25.4 1 772 30.3 E55MD3F1C 87 - 290 64 - 214 25.4 1 826 32.5 E55MD3F1-290TA Tool CatalogB Nm ft lb mm inch mm inch Removal Model PageL 2 - 7 105 - 5 13 0.5 621 24 E23MDF2-7E 6 - 27 4 - 20 13 0.5 636 25 E23MDF2

9 - 36 6.5 - 27 13 0.5 661 26 E33MDF22 - 7 1.5 - 5 13 0.5 634 25 E23MDF2-7F6 - 27 4 - 20 13 0.5 647 25.4 E23MDF2-F9 - 36 6.5 - 27 13 0.5 672 26 E33MDF2-F16 - 90 12 - 66 17 0.67 716 28.2 E34MD1F2

17.5 - 90 13 - 66 17 0.67 728 28.6 E44MD1F243 - 144 32 - 106 19 0.75 800 31.4 E45MD2F2-14434 - 180 25 - 133 19 0.75 818 32.2 E55MD2F243 - 225 32 - 166 25.4 1 823 32.4 E45MD3F254 - 225 33 - 166 25.4 1 851 33.5 E55MD3F287 - 290 64 - 214 25.4 1 906 35.6 E55MD3F2-290

45

43

Front

Only

Front

Only

Front

or RearRear

Only

Front

or Rear

44

2" Travel

Front

Only

Front

or RearRear

Only

Front

or Rear

Tool Clearance (90º cable)3/4 & 1" Travel

Torque Range Flange Radius "H" Height/Std Socket

Front

Only

Front

Only

Torque Range Flange Radius "H" Height/Std Socket

Front

Only

3/4 & 1" TravelTorque Range "R" Side to Center"H" Height/Std Socket

45

Torque Range "R" Side to Center"H" Height/Std Socket2" Travel

43

44

40

40

41

42

41

42

Multiple Spindle Motor Selector

Flange

Radius

H

RE

AD

INS

TR

UC

TIO

NS

1-15/16

6 www.StanleyAssembly.com 0808

R

H

Work Space

SelectionInstructions:

Output Type

Torque Range

ToolClearanceWork Space

CatalogModel Page

NOTE ToolRemoval options

1. Select the.

2. Select thethat

fits the fastener.3. Ensure

fits your.

4. Find theand

: the

for maintenanceon E23/33 Models.

.

Page 42:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

R

H

Multiple Angle MotorSpindle Selector

7www.StanleyAssembly.com0808

Selection Instructions:1. Select the .

4. Find the and .: All for maintenance.

Output Type

Catalog Model PageNOTE Tool Removal options

2. Select the that fits the fastener.3. Ensure fits your .

Torque RangeTool Clearance Work Space

Output TypeTool Style Tool Catalog

Nm ft lb mm inch mm inch Removal Model PageM A 14 - 46 10 - 34 17.5 0.69 135 5.3 E33MA18F1-46O N 18 - 60 13 - 44 19 0.75 197.5 7.8 E33MA19F1-60T G 21 - 70 15 - 52 19 0.75 197.5 7.8 E34MA19F1-70O L 21 - 70 15 - 52 19 0.75 197.5 7.8 E44MA19F1-70R E 30 - 115 22 - 85 22 0.88 165 6.5 E34MA22F1-116S 30 - 120 22 - 89 22 0.88 165 6.5 E44MA22F1-115

R 45 - 201 33 - 148 26 1.02 194 7.7 E45MA26F1E 33 - 221 22 - 163 26 1.02 204 8 E55MA26F1T 101 - 401 75 - 295 32 1.25 245 9.6 E55MA32F1-401RC Tool CatalogT Nm ft lb mm inch mm inch Removal Model PageA 14 - 46 10 - 34 17.5 0.69 176 6.9 E33MA18F2-46B 18 - 60 13 - 44 19 0.75 245 9.6 E33MA19F2-60L 21 - 70 15 - 52 19 0.75 246 9.6 E34MA19F2-70E 21 - 70 15 - 52 19 0.75 247 9.6 E44MA19F2-70

30 - 115 22 - 85 22 0.88 201 7.9 E34MA22F2-11630 - 120 22 - 89 22 0.88 201 7.9 E44MA22F2-11545 - 201 33 - 148 26 1.02 283 11.2 E45MA26F233 - 221 22 - 163 26 1.02 293 11.5 E55MA26F2101 - 401 75 - 295 32 1.25 384 15.1 E55MA32F2-401

46

45

3/4 & 1" Travel

46

2" Travel

45Front

Only

Front

Only

Torque Range Head Radius "H" Height/Std Socket

Torque Range Head Radius "H" Height/Std Socket

Tool Clearance

Page 43:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

EA Straight Lever (2 to 100 Nm)

EA Angle Lever (2 to 120 Nm)

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See p 14-19 for Cables/Controllers.

8 www.StanleyAssembly.com 0508

L

R

L

H

R

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Standard Options

EA23LB-7 3140 2 - 7 1.5 - 5 21 0.8 386 15.2 1.3 2.9 3/8" SD 1/4" QC

EA23LB-12 1390 3.6 - 12 2.7 - 9 21 0.8 401 15.8 1.3 2.9 3/8" SD 1/4" QC

EA23LB-21 965 6 - 21 4.6 - 15.5 21 0.8 401 15.8 1.3 2.9 3/8" SD

EA23LB-31 665 9 - 31 7 - 23 21 0.8 401 15.8 1.3 2.9 3/8" SD

EA33LB-15 3465 4.5 - 15 3.3 - 11 21 0.8 412 16.2 1.4 3.1 3/8" SD

EA33LB-25 1530 7.5 - 25 5.5 - 18 21 0.8 427 16.8 1.4 3.1 3/8" SD

EA33LB-32 1210 10 - 32 7 - 24 21 0.8 427 16.8 1.4 3.1 3/8" SD

EA33LB-40 1065 12 - 40 9 - 30 21 0.8 427 16.8 1.4 3.1 3/8" SD

EA34LB1-60 745 18 - 60 13 - 44 25 1 463 18.2 1.9 4.2 1/2" SD

EA34LB1-74 555 22 - 74 17 - 55 25 1 463 18.2 1.9 4.2 1/2" SD

EA34LB1-100 495 30 - 100 22 - 74 25 1 463 18.2 1.9 4.2 1/2" SD

Standard Configuration Mounting Options

Rear Facing Lever 20H207910 Rubber Grip A8606 Base Mount EA23/33

Reaction Bar: 20H100008 Front Facing Lever 20K100100 Reaction Bar Steel EA23/33

F3698 Aluminum (EA23 Models) 20K100300 Flange Mount EA34

20K100100 Steel (EA33 Models, EA23 Option) 20D100701 3/8"-24 Threaded 20K100500 Base Mount EA34

20K100000 Steel (EA34) 20D100702 3/8" SD X 8" Ext 20K101000 Flange Mount EA23/33

20K101400 Swivel Bail EA23/33

20K200000 Swivel Bail EA34

Handle Options

E23/33 Spindle Options

Handle Options

OutputTorque Range

"R" Side

to Center

"L"

Length Weight

Rated

Speed Output

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

EA23LA10-6 2875 2 - 6 1.3 - 4.4 10 0.4 30 1.2 376 14.8 1 2.2 1/4" SD

EA23LA13-10 2090 3 - 10 2.2 - 7.4 13 0.5 33 1.3 379 14.9 1.1 2.4 3/8" SD

EA23LA13-18 925 5.4 - 18 4 - 13 13 0.5 33 1.3 393 15.5 1.2 2.6 3/8" SD

EA23LA14-22 890 6.6 - 22 5 - 16 14 0.55 36 1.4 401 15.8 1.3 2.9 3/8" SD

EA23LA14-31 615 9 - 31 7 - 23 14 0.55 36 1.4 401 15.8 1.3 2.9 3/8" SD

EA33LA14-29 1415 9 - 29 6 - 21 14 0.55 36 1.4 426 16.8 1.4 3.1 3/8" SD

EA33LA14-35 1115 10.5 - 35 7.2 - 26 14 0.55 36 1.4 426 16.8 1.4 3.1 3/8" SD

EA33LA18-40 1020 12 - 40 9 - 29 17.5 0.69 39 1.55 455 17.9 1.6 3.5 3/8" SD

EA33LA18-46 805 14 - 46 10 - 34 17.5 0.69 39 1.55 455 17.9 1.6 3.5 3/8" SD

EA33LA19-48 780 15 - 48 10.5 - 35 19 0.75 49 1.9 458 18 1.8 4 3/8" SD

EA33LA19-60 685 18 - 60 13 - 44 19 0.75 49 1.9 458 18 1.8 4 1/2" SD

EA34ALA19-80 530 24 - 80 18 - 59 19 0.75 49 1.9 475 18.7 2.3 5 1/2" SD

Standard Configuration

Rear Facing Lever 20H207910 A3157 1/4" Female Hex Magnetic 20D110000 3/8" SD Ball Ret Anti-Vib

20H100008 A3156 1/4" Square Drive 20D118300

A3351 1/4" - 28 Threaded Female

20K101400 A3158 3/8" - 24 Threaded Magnetic 20D100000 A19 Thd, 1/2" SD

A3441 5/16" - 24 Threaded Female 20D100006 A19 Thd 3/8 SD Ball Retainer

Add E4 to Model# 4" Extension for EA23/33 Models F3376 Head/Advel Attachment

Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for EA23/34 Models * B3117 3/8" Double Ended SD 20D100003 Double Ended RH Thd 1/2"

Add E8 to Model# *8" Extension for EA23/34 Models 20D100004 A19 Thd 1/2 SD Ball Retainer

Add E10 to Model# **10" Extension for EA23/34 Models F3832 1/4" Internal Hex 20D100001 A19,1/2” SD Anti Vibration

*Except A13, A18, EA33_A19 ; ** Except A13 * F3828 3/8" Double Ended SD * 20D100003 Double End RH Thrd 1/2" SD

Example: EA23LA14-31E4 F3831 3/8" - 24 FemaleThreaded

F3973 3/8" Square DrivePaint Mark Angle Head F3829 1/2" Square Drive

20D250705 A13 20D250702 A18 *A6473 1/2" Double Ended Square Drive F3833 5/16" Internal Hex

20D250701 A14 20D250707 A19 20D104600 3/8" Square Drive/Ball Anti-Vibration * For Right Hand

20D104606 3/8" Square Drive/Ball Assembly Only

A18 Output Options

A19 Output Options <48 Nm (35 lb ft)

A19 Output Options <60 Nm (44 lb ft)

Gearcase Extensions

Swivel Bail EA23/33

Mounting Options

Front Facing Lever

Rubber Grip

Handle Options A13 Output Options A14 Output Options

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"H" Head

Height

"L"

Length Weight

A18 Output Options

Vinyl Head Cover Options

1/4" Hex Flush Socket Head

Page 44:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

EA Flush Angle Lever (3 to 120 Nm)

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See p for Cables/Controllers.See p 14-19

9www.StanleyAssembly.com0808

EA Angle Lever (2 to 120 Nm)

Rated

Speed Output

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Flush Socket Head

EA23LA13-10 2090 3 - 10 2.2 - 7.4 13 0.5 35 1.4 379 14.9 1.1 2.4

EA23LA13-18 925 5.4 - 18 4 - 13 13 0.5 35 1.4 393 15.5 1.2 2.6

EA23LA14-22 890 6.6 - 22 5 - 16 14 0.55 36 1.4 401 15.8 1.3 2.9

EA23LA14-31 615 9 - 31 7 - 23 14 0.55 36 1.4 401 15.8 1.3 2.9

EA33LA14-29 1415 9 - 29 6 - 21 14 0.55 36 1.4 426 16.8 1.4 3.1

EA33LA14-35 1115 10.5 - 35 7.2 - 26 14 0.55 36 1.4 426 16.8 1.4 3.1

EA33LA18-40 1020 12 - 40 9 - 29 17.5 0.69 39 1.55 455 17.9 1.6 3.5

EA33LA18-46 805 14 - 46 10 - 34 17.5 0.69 39 1.55 455 17.9 1.6 3.5

EA33LA19-48 780 15 - 48 10.5 - 35 19 0.75 49 1.9 458 18 1.8 4

EA33LA19-60 685 18 - 60 13 - 44 19 0.75 49 1.9 458 18 1.8 4

Standard Configuration Handle Options Flush Socket Options Vinyl Head Cover Options

Rear Facing Lever 20H207910 Rubber Grip A13 Flush Socket Options (see p 28) 20D250705 A13

20H100008 Front Facing Lever A14 Flush Socket Options (see p 28) 20D250701 A14

20K101400 Swivel Bail EA23/33 A18 Flush Socket Options (see p 28) 20D250702 A18

A19 Flush Socket Options (see p 34) 20D250707 A19

Contact Stanley

Mounting Options

Gearcase Extensions (See p 8)

Weight

20D121914

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"H" Head

Height

"L"

Length

L

H

R

L

H

R

L

H

R

Rated

Speed Output

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Flush Socket Head

EA34LA19-80 530 24 - 80 18 - 59 19 0.75 49 1.9 475 18.7 2.1 4.6 20D100106

EA34LA22A-100 410 30 - 100 22 - 74 22 0.88 50 2 514 20.2 2.7 5.9

EA34LA22A-120 340 36 - 120 27 - 88.5 22 0.88 50 2 514 20.2 2.7 5.9

Standard Configuration Flush Socket Options (See p 34) Handle Options Vinyl Head Cover Options

Rear Facing Lever Gearcase Extensions (See Above) 20H207910 Rubber Grip 20D250707 A19

20K100000 Reaction Bar Steel 20H100008 Front Facing Lever 20D250708 A22

20D100309

"H" Head

Height

"L"

Length Weight

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

Rated

Speed Output

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

EA34LA19-80 530 24 - 80 18 - 59 19 0.75 49 1.9 506 19.9 2.4 5.3 1/2" SD

EA34LA22A-100 410 30 - 100 22 - 74 22 0.88 50 2 514 20.2 2.7 5.9 1/2" SD

EA34LA22A-120 340 36 - 120 27 - 88.5 22 0.88 50 2 514 20.2 2.7 5.9 1/2" SD

Standard Configuration A19 Output Options Mounting Options

Rear Facing Lever 20D100102 A19 Spline 1/2 SD Ball Retainer 20K200000 Swivel Bail EA34

20K100000 Reaction Bar Steel 20D100101 A19 Spline,1/2” SD Anti Vibration 20K100500 Base Mount EA34

Gearcase Extensions 20D100107 A19 Double Ended 1/2" SD 'RH Threaded 20K100300 Flange Mount EA34

Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for EA34 Models

Add E8 to Model# 8" Extension for EA34 Models

Add E10 to Model# 10" Extension for EA34 Models 20H207910 Rubber Grip 20D250707 A19 20D100309 A22 Flush Socket

Example: EA34LA22-120E6 20H100008 Front Facing Lever 20D250708 A22 20D100322 A22 Double Ended 1/2” SD

"L"

Length Weight

Handle Options Vinyl Head Cover Options

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"H" Head

Height

A22 Output Options

Page 45:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

10 www.StanleyAssembly.com 0808

38.1 mm (1.5 in)

C29

Rated

Speed

Maximum

Hex Size

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm (in)

EA33LC29-35 685 10.5 - 35 8 - 26 20.5 0.81 20.5 0.81 14 0.55 527 20.7 2.5 5.6

EA34LC29-45 530 13.5 - 45 10 - 33 20.5 0.81 20.5 0.81 14 0.55 570 22.5 2.8 6.219 (3/4)

"T"

Thickness

"L"

Length Weight

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"R" Nose

Radius

EA Crowfoot Lever (4.5 to 88 Nm)

47 mm(1.86 in)

31.75 mm (1.25 in)

50.6 mm (1.99 in)T

45 mm (1.75 in)

46 mm (1.8 in)

25.4 mm (1.0 in)

RL

31.75 mm(1.25 in)

R

C379

55 mm(2.16 in)

47 mm (1.86 in)

31.75 mm(1.25 in)

C13

C69C8

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See p for Cables/Controllers.See p 14-19See p 34 for Standard Hex Socket Options.

C246T

45 mm (1.75 in)

15 mm (.59 in)

31.75 mm(1.25 in)

55 mm (2.16 in)48 mm (1.9 in)

T

L

43 mm (1.7 in)

50 mm(1.97 in)

T

L

56 mm(2.2 in)

58 mm(2.3 in)

31.75 mm(1.25 in)

T

L42 mm(1.65 in)

Rated

Speed

Maximu

m Hex

Size

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm (in)

EA23LC8-16 730 5 - 16 3.5 - 12 13 0.5 13 0.5 16 0.64 453 17.8 1.5 3.4

EA23LC69-15 820 4.5 - 15 3.5 - 11 16 0.63 13.5 0.53 16 0.64 498 19.6 2.2 4.8

EA33LC69-27 905 8 - 27 6 - 20 16 0.63 13.5 0.53 16 0.64 523 20.6 2.2 5

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"R" Nose

Radius

13 (1/2)

"T"

Thickness

"L"

Length Weight

Rated

Speed

Maximum

Hex Size

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm (in)

EA23LC379-30 410 9 - 30 6.5 - 22 16 0.6 13.5 0.53 15 0.58 460 18.1 1.6 3.6

EA23LC246-20 640 6 - 20 4.5 - 15 16 0.63 16 0.63 20.5 0.81 499 19.6 2.2 5

EA33LC246-38 710 12 - 38 9 - 28 16 0.63 16 0.63 20.5 0.81 524 20.6 2.4 5.2

EA23LC13-18 720 5.5 - 18 4 - 13 16 0.63 13.5 0.53 20.5 0.81 498 19.6 2.2 5

EA33LC13-30 795 9 - 30 6.5 - 22 16 0.63 13.5 0.53 20.5 0.81 523 20.6 2.4 5.2

13 (1/2)

Weight

"R" Side

to Center

Torque

Range

"T"

Thickness

"L"

Length

"R" Nose

Radius

T

Rated

Speed

Maximum

Hex Size

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm (in)

EA33LC800-27 905 8 - 27 6 - 20 16 0.63 13.5 0.53 20.5 0.81 502 19.8 2.3 5.1 13 (1/2)

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"R" Nose

Radius

"T"

Thickness

"L"

Length Weight

NEW

Indexable

Crowfoot

Page 46:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

EA Crowfoot Lever (4.5 to 88 Nm)

Tubenut Lever (6.5 to 62 Nm)34 mm (1.34 in)

54 mm(2.13 in)

T

L

R

42 mm (1.65 in)

56 mm (2.2 in)

L

T

33.3 mm (1.3 in)

T252

R

42 mm (1.65 in)

T346

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See p for Cables/Controllers.See p 14-19See p 34 for Standard Hex Socket Options.

11www.StanleyAssembly.com0808

Rated

Speed

Maximum

Hex Size

Maximum

Tube Size

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm (in) mm (in)

EA33LT252-22 1300 6.5 - 22 5 - 16 13 0.5 13 0.5 14 0.54 510 20.1 2.4 5.2

EA33LT346-25 1105 7.5 - 25 5.5 - 18 13 0.5 13 0.5 14 0.54 511 20.1 2.2 4.913 (1/2) 8 (5/16)

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"R" Nose

Radius

"T"

Thickness

"L"

Length Weight

71 mm (2.8 in)

L

T

71 mm (2.8 in)

R

38.1 mm (1.5 in)

C10

Rated

Speed

Maximum

Hex Size

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm (in)

EA34LC10-49 445 15 - 49 11 - 36 20.5 0.81 20.5 0.81 28 1.1 610 24 3.4 7.4

EA34LC10-88 360 26 - 88 20 - 65 20.5 0.81 20.5 0.81 28 1.1 610 25 3.4 7.4

Standard Configuration Includes One Integral Socket

Rear Facing Lever Add E4 to Model# 4" Extension for EA23/33 Models Standard Hex Socket Options (see p 34)

Reaction Bar 20K100000 Steel Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for EA23/34 Models Contact Stanley for Special

(E34 Models) Add E8 to Model# 8" Extension for EA23/34 Models Socket Options

Mounting Options Add E10 to Model# 10" Extension for EA23/34 Models Handle Options

20K101400 Swivel Bail EA23/33 Example: EA33LC29-35E4 20H207910 Rubber Grip

20K200000 Swivel Bail EA34 Vinyl Head Cover Options 20H100008 Front Facing Lever

20K100500 Base Mount EA34 20D250723 C8 20D250712 C10

20K100300 Flange Mount EA34 20D250721 C69 20D250714 C13

20D250717 C246 20D250718 C29

19 (3/4)

Gearcase Extensions

"T"

Thickness

"L"

Length Weight

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"R" Nose

Radius

R

42 mm(1.65 in)

57 mm(2.2 in)

T

L

24 mm (0.95 in)

Rated

Speed

Maximum

Hex Size

Maximum

Tube Size

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm (in) mm (in)

EA33LT801-25 1105 7.5 - 25 5.5 - 18 13 0.5 13 0.5 14 0.54 473 18.6 2.2 4.9 13 (1/2) 8 (5/16)

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"R" Nose

Radius

"T"

Thickness

"L"

Length Weight

NEW

Indexable

Tubenut

Page 47:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Tubenut Lever (9 to 62 Nm)

35.4 mm (1.4 in)

54 mm (2.125 in)

81.7 mm(3 in)

T74 T264

R

65 mm (2.6 in)

T

64 mm (2.5 in)

75 mm (2.94 in)

T99T23

44 mm (1.7 in)

T

56 mm (2.22 in)L

L

47 mm (1.86 in)

T

54 mm (2.12 in)

R

48 mm (1.88 in)

R

48 mm (1.9 in)

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See p for Cables/Controllers.See p 14-19See p 34 for Standard Hex Socket Options.

12 www.StanleyAssembly.com 0508

Rated

Speed

Maximum

Hex Size

Maximum

Tube Size

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm (in) mm (in)

EA33LT74-30 805 9 - 30 6.5 - 22 18.5 0.73 18.5 0.73 14.5 0.57 517 20.3 2.4 5.3 18 (11/16) 11 (7/16)

EA23LT264-22 675 6.5 - 22 5 - 16 21.3 0.84 21.3 0.84 18 0.7 507 20 2 4.3

EA33LT264-44 740 13 - 44 9.5 - 32 21.3 0.84 21.3 0.84 18 0.7 532 21 2.1 4.6

Standard Configuration Handle Options Includes One Integral Socket

Rear Facing Lever 20H207910 Rubber Grip Add E4 to Model# 4" Extension for EA23/33 Models Standard Hex Socket Options (see p 34)

20H100008 Front Facing Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for EA23/33 Models Contact Stanley for Special

Lever Add E8 to Model# 8" Extension for EA23/33 Models Socket Options

Add E10 to Model# 10" Extension for EA23/33 Models Vinyl Head Cover Options

20K101400 Swivel Bail EA23/33 Example: EA33LT74-30E4 20D250726 T252 20D250729 T74

20D250724 T346 20D250728 T264

Gearcase Extensions

Mounting Options

24 (15/16) 13 (1/2)

"R" Nose

Radius

"T"

Thickness

"L"

Length Weight

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

Rated

Speed

Maximum

Hex Size

Maximum

Tube Size

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm (in) mm (in)

EA34LT23-41 605 12 - 41 9. - 30 18.5 0.73 18.5 0.73 23 0.92 575 22.6 3.5 7.7 18 (11/16) 11 (7/16)

EA34LT99-62 400 12.5 - 62 19 - 62 14 - 46 1.03 26 1.03 19.5 0.77 604 23.8 3.9 8.5 27 (1 1/16) 19 (3/4)

Standard Configuration Includes One Integral Socket

Rear Facing Lever Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for EA34 Models Standard Hex Socket Options (see p 34)

Reaction Bar: 20K100000 Steel (E34 Models) Add E8 to Model# 8" Extension for EA34 Models Contact Stanley for Special

Mounting Options Add E10 to Model# 10" Extension for EA34 Models Socket Options

20K200000 Swivel Bail EA34 Example: EA34LT99-62E6 Handle Options

20K100500 Base Mount EA34 20H207910 Rubber Grip

20K100300 Flange Mount EA34 20D250727 T23 20D250730 T99 20H100008 Front Facing Lever

Gearcase Extensions

Vinyl Head Cover Options

"L"

Length Weight

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"R" Nose

Radius

"T"

Thickness

Page 48:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Hold & Drive Options (14 to 110 Nm)

R

H

L

H

L

R

H

R

H18

H22 N22

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See pp for Cables/Controllers.14-19See pp 37-39 for Hold & Drive Options.

13www.StanleyAssembly.com0808

Rated

Speed Output

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

EA33LH18V1-46 805 14 - 46 10 - 34 17.5 0.69 109 4.28 464 18.3 2 4.5 1" Tang

EA33LH18V2-46 805 14 - 46 10 - 34 17.5 0.69 142 5.58 464 18.3 2 4.5 2" Tang

Standard Configuration Gearcase Extensions

Rear Facing Lever 20D124600 1" Retraction H18 Bit Holder Head Add E4 to Model# 4" Extension for EA33 Models

20D124601 2" Retraction H18 Bit Holder Head Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for EA33 Models

20H207910 Rubber Grip Add E8 to Model# 8" Extension for EA33 Models

20H100008 Front Facing Lever Add E10 to Model# 10" Extension for EA33 Models

20K101400 Swivel Bail

A3061 Wire Bail

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"H" Head

Height

"L"

Length Weight

H18 Output Options

Mounting Options

Handle Options

Example: EA33LH18-V1-46E6

Rated

Speed Output

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

EA34LH22AV1-77 510 23 - 77 17 - 57 22 0.88 118 4.65 361 14.2 3.15 6.8 1" Tang

EA34LH22AV2-77 510 23 - 77 17 - 57 22 0.88 144 5.68 361 14.2 3.15 6.8 1" Tang

EA34LN22AV1-77 510 23 - 77 17 - 57 22 0.88 99 3.89 361 14.2 3.15 6.8 1" Tang

EA34LN22AV2-77 510 23 - 77 17 - 57 22 0.88 137 5.40 361 14.2 3.15 6.8 1" Tang

EA34LH22AV1-110 340 33 - 110 24 - 81 22 0.88 118 4.65 361 14.2 3.15 6.8 1" Tang

EA34LH22AV2-110 340 33 - 110 24 - 81 22 0.88 144 5.68 361 14.2 3.15 6.8 1" Tang

EA34LN22AV1-110 340 33 - 110 24 - 81 22 0.88 99 3.89 361 14.2 3.15 6.8 1" Tang

EA34LN22AV2-110 340 33 - 110 24 - 81 22 0.88 137 5.40 361 14.2 3.15 6.8 1" Tang

Standard Configuration

Rear Facing Lever 20D103212 1" Retraction H22 Bit Holder Head Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for EA34 Models

20K100000 Reaction Bar Steel 20D103214 2" Retraction H22 Bit Holder Head Add E8 to Model# 8" Extension for EA34 Models

N22 Output Options Add E10 to Model# 10" Extension for EA34 Models

20K200000 Swivel Bail EA34 20D131300 1" Retraction N22 Bit Holder Head

20K100500 Base Mount EA34 20D103214 2" Retraction N22 Bit Holder Head Handle Options

20K100300 Flange Mount EA34 20H207910 Rubber Grip

20H100008 Front Facing Lever

Torque

Range

"L"

Length Weight

Mounting Options

Example: EA34LH22AV1-77E6

H22 Output Options Gearcase Extensions

"R" Side

to Center

"H" Head

Height

Page 49:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

14 www.StanleyAssembly.com

Cables for EA Tools

Cable SelectionSelect a tool whip for the tool model.Select an extension for the selected whip number.Note: All High Flex cables have an 8 cm (3 in)minimum bend radius.

20C1073[##] Hi-Flex Lever Whip, Lite Cable[##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

20C1076[##] Hi-Flex Lever[##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

Whip, Heavy Duty Cable

20C1077[##] 90° Hi-Flex Lever Whip[##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

FitsEA23-34Lever Tools

20C1075[##] JamnutExtension [##] = 05, 10,20 or 40 meters

NOTE:Jamnut cableshave connectorsthat can be fixed to bulkheads.

20C1078[##] 90 DegreeJamnut Extension

[##] = 05, 10,20 or 40 meters

Stanley’s EA tool cables (patent pending)work with QA Kappa and QA Alphacontrollers.

90° Hi-Flex Lever WhipAdjusts to 10 Positions @ 36°

0808

Page 50:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

15www.StanleyAssembly.com

Single Spindle Controllerfor EA and E ToolsThe QA0001 Kappa controller operates anyQPM tool from 0.5 to 2000 Nm as a standalone controller. Kappa Controllers can beset-up from the front panel on the controller,or from a laptop using the serial connectionwith as many as 8 jobs.

Kappa controllers include a 24 VDC 8inputs/8 outputs connector, 24V DC matingconnector, plinth, power cords andController Gateway software.

Step 1. Order Model No. QA0001

Step 3. Select a Floor Stand.

Step 2. Select a power cord by supply voltage, countryand tool size (if noted, otherwise all tool models apply).

Floor Stand

Part No. Description

QPM

Spindles Dimensions

21F100404 Floor Stand Kit 1 to 5 198h 61w 56d cm

Add /F to Model No. 78 x 24 x 22 inAssembled System with Floor Stand

Red, Green, Yellow LED’s forLimits Evaluation

Function Keys withActive Label Above

Cursor Keys with CenterButton to Expand Lists

Numeric Keypad to EnterNumbers or Select Options

Maintenance Due andATC Active LED’s(Patented)

Menu driven user interface withWizard Programming

New Larger, Easy-to-Read240 x 64 Dot Display

Specifications

15w x 36h x 20d cm

6w x 14h x 8d in

Wt. 6.7 kg (15 lb)

Power Supply: 24VDC / 1A Internal

Ready for External Job Select

Power Source: Auto Detect

115 VAC 60 Hz, 230 VAC 50 Hz

Humidity: 0 to 95 % non-cond.

Temperature: 0 - 50° C (32 - 122° F)

Part No.

20C102002

21C103902

20C102102

20C102202

20C103802

20C103804

Power Cord Description

US Power Cord 115V, 2m

US Power Cord 230V, 2m (6-20R)

Euro Power Cord 230V, 2m

UK Power Cord 230V, 2m

Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 2m

Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 4m

0808

Page 51:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

16 www.StanleyAssembly.com

Kappa Connectivity

0808

Page 52:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

- Up to 99 Jobs or Tasks- Stores 10,000 Torque/Angle Cycles, Date/time Stamp,Vin # or Part ID

- Traces of Last10 OK Rundowns, Last 10 NOK Rundowns- Statistics: C , C , P , P , C , Mean, Deviation, Etc.P PK P PK AM

Single Spindle Controllerfor EA and E Tools

New Larger,Easy-to-Read

Displayon 240 x 64

Dot

Controls Assembly Process and Data Output

QA1001 Alpha Controller Operates any QPM tool from 0.5 to 2000 Nm either stand-alone or as part of a networked system. Alpha Controllers can be set-up from thefront panel, a laptop, or any remote computer on the network. Menu-driven userinterface includes Wizard Programming.

All Alpha Controllers include plinths, power cords and Embedded Toolboxsoftware. Models equipped with Device Net also include0.2 m Device Net cable/tee. The 24V DC option includes mating connector.

Menu drivenuser interface

with WizardProgramming.

Step 1. Specify Model Number

Step 2. Select a power cord by supply voltage, country and toolsize (if noted, otherwise all tool models apply).

Step 4. Select a Floor Stand.

Floor Stand

Part No. Description

QPM

Spindles Dimensions

21F100404 Floor Stand Kit 198h 61w 56d cm

Add /F to Model No. Assembled System with Floor Stand 78 x 24 x 22 in1 to 5

Part No. Description

21K200100 USB Memory Stick

Optional USB Memory

Step 3. Select a 24V I/O for X_V models

Part No. Connection

21C104800 Mating Connector - Solder pins Standard

21C104802 Mating Connector - Crimp pins Optional

21C104804 Mating Connector - Crimp pins, crimp tool Optional

21E102202 Breakout Box Optional

21C202005 Extension Cable 5M Optional

21C202010 Extension Cable 10M Optional

21C202020 Extension Cable 20M Optional

19-pin 24V I/O Port

Alpha Model

Number Ethernet

Device

Net Profibus

24 VDC

I/O Serial

Device

Net

Master

QA1001-XDV + + + +

QA1001-XDX + + +

QA1001-XPV + + + +

QA1001-XPX + + +

QA1001-XXV + + +

QA1001-XXX + +

QA1001-MDV + + + + +

QA1001-MDX + + + +

QA1001-MPV + + + + +

QA1001-MPX + + + +

QA1001-MXV + + + +

QA1001-MXX + + +

17www.StanleyAssembly.com0808

Part No.

20C102002

21C103902

20C102102

20C102202

20C103802

20C103804

Power Cord Description

US Power Cord 115V, 2m

US Power Cord 230V, 2m (6-20R)

Euro Power Cord 230V, 2m

UK Power Cord 230V, 2m

Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 2m

Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 4m

QA1001 Specifications

15w x 36h x 26d cm

6w x 14h x 10d in

Wt. 7.7 kg (17 lb)

Power Supply: 1A Internal

Ready for External Job/Task Select

Power Source: Auto Detect

115 VAC 60 Hz, 230 VAC 50 Hz

Humidity: 0 to 95 % non-cond.

Page 53:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Alpha Connectivity Options Fit Your Plant Interface Requirements

www.StanleyAssembly.com18 0508

Page 54:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

www.StanleyAssembly.com 190508

Socket Trays

DeviceNet

Models

# Socket

Positions Connection Cable

Square

Drive

Max Socket

Diam.

Q4S04-39 4 160x160x90 (6.3x6.3x3.5)

Q4S08-39 8 360x160x90 (14.2x6.3x3.5) 0.2m (8")

Q4S04-50 4 Sigma or Gamma 260x160x90 (10.2x6.3x3.5) with tee to 3/4" 50mm (2")

Q4S04-120 4 560x160x90 (22x6.3x3.5) to 1" 120mm (4-3/4")

DeviceNet Extension Cables

21C102101 1m 21C102110 10m

21C102105 5m 21C102120 20m

24VDC

Models

# Socket

Positions Connection Cable

Square

Drive

Max Socket

Diam.

Q1S06-39 6 260x160x90 (10.2x6.3x3.5)

Q1S08-39 8 24VDC I/O 360x160x90 (14.2x6.3x3.5)

Q1S04-50 4 Alpha/Kappa 260x160x90 (10.2x6.3x3.5) to 3/4" 50mm (2")

Q1S04-120 4 560x160x90 (22x6.3x3.5) to 1" 120mm (4-3/4")

24VDC Cables for QA Alpha & Kappa Controllers 24VDC Cables for Alpha Controllers

20C108101 1m 20C108110 10m 20C108001 1m 20C108010 10m

20C108103 3m 20C108120 20m 20C108003 3m 20C108020 20m

20C108107 7m 20C108007 7m

Dimensions

mm (in)

Dimensions

mm (in)

39mm (1-1/2")

39mm (1-1/2")Requires

Cable

Below

to 1/2"

to 1/2"

Accessories

Mounting Options

Test Fixtures

P/N 20V101000 ATC Joint Simulator(3) 1/2 - 13 Bolts with Hard,Medium and Soft Joints

Reaction Bars

Mounting Flanges

Base Mount Brackets

Bails

See Tool Tables for P/N 20K______Mounting Options

ProtectiveHead Covers

See Tool Tables for P/N 20D______Vinyl Head Cover Options

NEW Joint

Type

MODEL Nm lb ft Nm lb ft

T00916/S1 20 15 4 3

T00916/S2 38 28 8.7 6.4

T00915/S3 60 45 14 10.3

T00915/S4 88 65 22.6 16.7

T00915/S5 135 100 34 25

T00915/S6 200 148 50 37

T00915/H1 20 15 125 92.4

T00915/H2 40 30 285 210

T00915/H3 54 40 405 300

T00915/H4 75 55 610 450

T00915/H5 135 100 950 700

T00915/H6 200 148 1700 1257

5/8 - 11

3/4 - 16

3/4 - 16

5/8 - 11

in

3/4 - 16

3/4 - 16

Soft

Hard

1/2 - 13

1/2 - 13

3/4 - 16

3/4 - 16

3/4 - 16

Torque

Rate

Bolt

Size

3/4 - 16

Max Input

TorqueNEW

NEW

Page 55:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Straight Pistol (0.6 to 340 Nm)

E02E12

20 www.StanleyAssembly.com 0508

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

L

178 mm ( 7.02")

L– 24.5 mm (0.97")

R

L

178 mm ( 7.02")

R

L– 24.5 mm (0.97")

L– (E12PB-13, -17)

E33/34

196 mm (7.7 in)

L

R

E23

R

L

196 mm(7.7 in)

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Standard Options

E23PB-8 2245 2.5 - 8 2 - 6 26 1.04 248 9.7 1.3 2.8 3/8" SD 1/4" QC

E23PB-17 990 5 - 17 4 - 12.5 26 1.04 248 9.7 1.3 2.8 3/8" SD 1/4" QC

E23PB-21 785 6 - 21 5 - 15.5 26 1.04 263 10.3 1.4 3.2 3/8" SD

E23PB-31 540 9 - 31 7 - 23 26 1.04 263 10.3 1.4 3.2 3/8" SD

E33PB-32 1125 10 - 32 7 - 24 26 1.04 288 11.3 1.6 3.5 3/8" SD

E33PB-40 890 12 - 40 9 - 30 26 1.04 288 11.3 1.6 3.5 3/8" SD

E34PB1-60 605 18 - 60 13 - 44 32 1.25 324 12.8 2.4 5.2 1/2" SD

E34PB1-74 490 22 - 74 17 - 55 32 1.25 324 12.8 2.4 5.2 1/2" SD

E34PB1-100 365 30 - 100 22 - 74 32 1.25 324 12.8 2.4 5.2 1/2" SD

Standard Configuration Handle Options Mounting Options

Bottom Exit Cable 20H207107 Rubber Grip 20K200007 Rear Bail Mount Kit

F3698 Reaction Bar Alum.E23 20H206319 Top Exit Cable 20K101400 Swivel Bail E23/33

20K100100 Reaction Bar Steel E33 20H207111 Cooling Fan Kit 20K200000 Swivel Bail E34/44

20K100000 Reaction Bar Steel E34 (Bottom Exit Cable 20K101000 Flange Mount 23/33

E23/33 Spindle Options Models Only) 20K100300 Flange Mount 34/44

20D100701 3/8"-24 Threaded 20K100100 Reaction Bar Steel E23

20D100702 3/8" SD X 8" Ext A8606 Base Mount 23/33

20D243502 3/8" Guided Ext Collar (See p 26 for extensions) 20K100500 Base Mount 34/44

"L"

Length Weight OutputTorque Range

"R" Side

to Center

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Standard Options

E02PB-2 2050 0.6 - 2 0.5 - 1.5 18 0.7 197 7.7 0.7 1.5 1/4" QC 1/4" SD

E02PB-3 1620 1 - 3 0.7 - 2.2 18 0.7 211 8.3 0.8 1.7 1/4" QC 3/8" SD

E02PB-5 880 1.5 - 5 1 - 3.5 18 0.7 211 8.3 0.8 1.7 1/4" QC 3/8" SD

E12PB-4 2535 1.3 - 4 1 - 3 20 0.8 222 8.7 0.8 1.8 1/4" QC 3/8" SD

E12PB-10 1280 3 - 10 2 - 7 20 0.8 236 9.3 0.9 1.9 1/4" QC 3/8" SD

E12PB-13 880 4 - 13 3 - 9.5 20 0.8 212 8.3 0.9 1.9 1/4" QC 3/8" SD

E12PB-17 610 5 - 17 12.5 20 0.8 212 8.3 0.9 1.9 1/4" QC 3/8" SD

Standard Configuration Handle Options Mounting Options

Bottom Exit Cable 20H207107 Rubber Grip 20K200007 Rear Bail Mount Kit

20K100103 Reaction Bar Aluminum 20H206319 Top Exit Cable A3061 Wire Bail

(E12PB-10 thru -17) 20H206325 Cooling Fan Kit (Bottom Exit Cable Models Only)

20D243503 3/8" Guided Ext Collar (See p 26 for extensions)

E12 Output Option

Weight

"R" Side

to Center

"L"

LengthTorque Range Output

Page 56:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

21www.StanleyAssembly.com0508

L

178 mm (7.02")

H

R

E12PA13

E35PB2

E35PB4

Straight Pistol (0.6 to 340 Nm)L

R

196 mm (7.7 in)L

R

196 mm (7.7 in)

E33PC13

196 mm(7.7 in)

46 mm (1.82 in)

31.75 mm(1.25 in)

55 mm(2.16 in)

L

T

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

Rated

Speed Output

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

E12PA13-14 850 4 - 14 3 - 10 13 0.5 33 1.3 252 9.9 1 2.1 3/8" SD

Max Hex Size

E33PC13-30 760 9 - 30 6.5 - 22 13.5 0.53 13.5 0.53 20.5 0.81 404 15.9 2.4 5.2 13mm (1/2")

Standard Configuration Mounting Options Vinyl Head Cover Options E33PC13 Includes One Integral Socket

Bottom Exit Cable A3061 Wire Bail 20D250711 A13 Standard Hex Socket Options (see

E12P/E33P Handle Options: See p 20 20D250714 C13 Standard Sockets p 34)

A13 Output Options: See p 26 Contact Stanley for Special Socket Options

"L"

Length Weight

"T" Thickness

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"R" Nose

Radius

"H" Head

Height

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb

E35PB2-155 225 47 - 155 35 - 115 34 1.34 393 15.5 3.6 8

E35PB4-271 99 81 - 271 60 - 201 44 1.72 431 17 6.8 15

E35PB4-340 99 102 - 340 76 - 252 44 1.72 431 17 6.8 15

Standard Configuration Handle Options B2 Output Options

Bottom Exit Cable 20H207107 Rubber Grip 20D102503 3/4" SD X 8" Ext

20K100000 Reaction Bar Steel E34 20H206319 Top Exit Cable 20D102502 5/8" SD <200 Nm

Mounting Options 20H207111 Cooling Fan Kit

20K200007 Rear Bail Mount Kit (Bottom Exit Cable 20D208301 1" SD Ball Retainer

20K200000 Swivel Bail E34/44 Models Only) 20D208302 1" SD x 1 1/2" Ext

20K100300 Flange Mount 34/44

20K100500 Base Mount 34/44

Torque Range

"R" Side

to Center

"L"

Length OutputWeight

Standard

3/4" SD

1" SD

B4 Output Options

Page 57:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

22 www.StanleyAssembly.com 0508

Straight Lever (0.6 to 2000 Nm)

L

R

L

R

R

LL – 24.5 mm (0.97")

R

LB/Square Drive LB/Quick Change

Two Handed Operation Options20K400000 (E23/33 Models)20K400001 (E34/44 Models)

Two Handed Operation Options20K400001 (E34/44 Models)

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Standard

E12LB-4 2535 0.6 - 4 0.4 - 3 18 0.7 282 11.1 0.7 1.5 1/4" QC 1/4" SD 3/8" SD

E12LB-6 1620 2 - 6 1.3 - 4.4 18 0.7 296 11.7 0.7 1.5 1/4" QC 1/4" SD 3/8" SD

E12LB-10 1280 3 - 10 2.2 - 7.4 18 0.7 296 11.7 0.7 1.5 1/4" QC 1/4" SD 3/8" SD

E12LB-13 880 4 - 13 3 - 9.5 18 0.7 296 11.7 0.7 1.5 1/4" QC 3/8" SD

E12LB-17 610 5 - 17 4 - 12.5 18 0.7 296 11.7 0.7 1.5 1/4" QC 3/8" SD

Standard Configuration Handle Options Mounting Options

Reaction Bar 20K101601 (-10, -13, -17 Models) 20H207910 Rubber Grip A3061 Wire Bail

Rear Facing Lever 20H102200 Lever Extension 20K101601 Aluminum Reaction

Bar (-6 Model)

Add HD High Duty Cycle Motor

Example: E12LB-17HD

"R" Side

to Center

"L"

Length

E1_L Motor Options

Torque Range Weight Output

Options

Rated

Speed Output

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Standard

E44LB1-66 885 20 - 66 15 - 49 32 1.25 487 19.2 2.9 6.4 1/2" SD

E44LB1-100 590 30 - 100 22 - 74 32 1.25 487 19.2 2.9 6.4 1/2" SD

Standard Configuration Handle Options Mounting Options

Rear Facing Lever 20H100005 Front Facing Lever 20K200000 Swivel Bail 34/44

20K100000 Reaction Bar Steel 20H207207 Rubber Grip 20K100500 Base Mount 34/44

E4_L Motor Options (Rear facing lever) 20K100300 Flange Mount 34/44

Add HD High Duty Cycle Motor

Example: E44LB-66HD

WeightTorque Range

"R" Side

to Center

"L"

Length

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Standard Options

E23LB-8 2245 2.5 - 8 2 - 6 24 0.9 402 15.8 1.4 3.1 3/8" SD 1/4" QC

E23LB-16 1000 5 - 16 4 - 12 24 0.9 402 15.8 1.4 3.1 3/8" SD 1/4" QC

E23LB-21 785 6 - 21 5 - 15.5 24 0.9 417 16.4 1.6 3.5 3/8" SD

E23LB-31 540 9 - 31 7 - 23 24 0.9 417 16.4 1.6 3.5 3/8" SD

E33LB-32 1125 10 - 32 7 - 24 24 0.9 442 17.4 1.7 3.8 3/8" SD

E33LB-40 890 12 - 40 9 - 30 24 0.9 442 17.4 1.7 3.8 3/8" SD

E34LB1-60 605 18 - 60 13 - 44 32 1.25 478 18.8 2.4 5.2 1/2" SD

E34LB1-74 490 22 - 74 17 - 55 32 1.25 478 18.8 2.4 5.2 1/2" SD

E34LB1-100 365 30 - 100 22 - 74 32 1.25 478 18.8 2.4 5.2 1/2" SD

Mounting Options

Rear Facing Lever 20H100005 Front Facing Lever E23/33/34 20K101400 Swivel Bail E23/33

Reaction Bar: 20H207207 Rubber Grip (Rear facing lever) A8606 Base Mount 23/33

F3698 Aluminum (E23 Models) 20K200000 Swivel Bail 34/44

20K100100 Steel (E33 Models) 20D100701 3/8"-24 Threaded 20K100100 Reaction Bar Steel E23

20K100000 Steel (E34/44 Models) 20D100702 3/8" SD X 8" Ext 20K101000 Flange Mount 23/33

E3_L Motor Options 20K100500 Base Mount 34/44

20M102600 E3L Cooling Fan Kit 20K101800 E2_L, E3_L 20K100300 Flange Mount 34/44

Add HD High Duty Cycle Motor

Example: E23LB-16HD

Standard Configuration

E23/33 Spindle Options

Handle Options

Headlight Kit

WeightTorque Range

"R" Side

to Center

"L"

Length Output

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

Page 58:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

23www.StanleyAssembly.com0508

R

L

R

L

Straight Motors (0.6 to 2000 Nm)

LP (Push to Start)

Straight Lever (0.6 to 2000 Nm)

R

L

R

L – 24.5 mm (0.97")

Two Handed Operation Options20K400002 (E45/55 Models)

Two Handed Operation Options20K400002 (E45/55 Models)

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Standard

E12LP-4 2535 0.6 - 4 0.4 - 3 21 0.83 314 12.3 0.7 1.6 1/4" QC 1/4" SD 3/8" SD

E12LP-6 1620 2 - 6 1.3 - 4.4 21 0.83 314 12.3 0.7 1.6 1/4" QC 1/4" SD 3/8" SD

E12LP-10 1280 3 - 10 2.2 - 7.4 21 0.83 314 12.3 0.7 1.6 1/4" QC 1/4" SD 3/8" SD

E12LP-13 880 4 - 13 3 - 9.5 21 0.83 314 12.3 0.7 1.6 1/4" QC 3/8" SD

E12LP-17 610 5 - 17 4 - 12.5 21 0.83 314 12.3 0.7 1.6 1/4" QC 3/8" SD

Standard Configuration Handle Options E1_L Motor Options

Front Facing Lever 20H207915 Rubber Grip Add HD High Duty Cycle Motor

Headlights Example: E12LP-17HD

20K101700 Mounting Collar Kit A3061 Wire Bail

Mounting Options

OutputTorque Range

"R" Side

to Center

"L"

Length Weight

Options

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

Rated

Speed Output

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Standard

E55LB3-322 230 97 - 322 71 - 237 32 1.25 573 22.5 5.3 11.5 3/4” SD

E55LB4-471 185 141 - 471 101 - 347 44 1.7 621 24.4 7.4 16.3 1” SD

E55LB4-623 140 187 - 623 138 - 459 44 1.7 621 24.4 7.4 16.3 1” SD

E55LB4-800 90 240 - 800 177 - 590 44 1.7 621 24.4 7.4 16.3 1” SD

E55LB5-1023 75 307 - 1023 226 - 754 48 1.9 651 25.6 9.6 21.1 1” SD

E55LB5-1637 45 491 - 1637 362 - 1207 48 1.9 683 26.9 12 26.4 1” SD

E55LB5-2005 35 602 - 2005 444 - 1479 48 1.9 683 26.9 12 26.4 1” SD

Mounting Options

Rear Facing Lever: Reaction Bar: 20H100105 Front Facing Lever 20K200100 Swivel Bail E45/55

B4487 Steel (E55LB3) 20H207207 Rubber Grip (Rear facing lever) F4201 Base Mount B4/B5

F4192 Steel (B4 Models, B5-1023) B3 Output Options 20K101100 Flange Mount B4/B5

J4228 Steel (E55LB5-1637, -2005) 20D104502 3/4" SD/Ball Retainer H1140 Base Mount B3

E5_L Motor Options B4 Output Options M4329 Flange Mount B3

Add HD High Duty Cycle Motor 20D208301 1" SD Ball Retainer

Example: E55LB-322HD 20D208302 1" SD x 1 1/2" Ext

Handle OptionsStandard Configuration

Torque Range

"R" Side

to Center

"L"

Length Weight

Rated

Speed Output

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Standard

E45LB2-160 345 48 - 160 35 - 118 34 1.35 533 21 4.4 9.6 3/4” SD

E45LB2-250 220 75 - 250 55 - 184 34 1.35 533 21 4.4 9.6 3/4” SD

E55LB2-127 720 38 - 127 28 - 94 34 1.35 560 22.1 4.7 10.3 3/4” SD

E55LB2-200 475 60 - 200 44 - 147 34 1.35 560 22.1 4.7 10.3 3/4” SD

E55LB2-250 380 75 - 250 55 - 184 34 1.35 560 22.1 4.7 10.3 3/4” SD

Standard Configuration Handle Options Mounting Options

Rear Facing Lever 20H100105 Front Facing Lever 20K200100 Swivel Bail E45/55

20K100200 Reaction Bar Steel 20H207207 Rubber Grip (Rear facing lever) 20K100600 Base Mount E45/55

E4_L/E5_L Motor Options B2 Output Options 20K100700 Flange Mount E45/55

Add HD High Duty Cycle Motor 20D102503 3/4" SD X 8" Ext <250 Nm (184 ft lb)

Example: E45LB-160HD 20D102502 5/8" SD <200 Nm (147 lb ft)

20D102603 3/4" SD X 8" Ext -250 Nm (184 ft lb)

Torque Range

"R" Side

to Center

"L"

Length Weight

Page 59:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

24 www.StanleyAssembly.com 0508

Straight Motors (0.6 to 2000 Nm)

L

RREAD INSTRUCTIONS

R

L

READ INSTRUCTIONS

R

L

READ INSTRUCTIONS

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Standard Options

E23MB-8 2245 2.5 - 8 2 - 6 24 0.93 344 13.6 1.4 3.1 3/8" SD 1/4" QC

E23MB-16 1000 5 - 16 4 - 12 24 0.93 344 13.6 1.4 3.1 3/8" SD 1/4" QC

E23MB-21 785 6 - 21 5 - 15.5 24 0.93 359 14.1 1.6 3.5 3/8" SD

E23MB-31 540 9 - 31 7 - 23 24 0.93 359 14.1 1.6 3.5 3/8" SD

E33MB-32 1125 10 - 32 7 - 24 24 0.93 385 15.1 1.7 3.8 3/8" SD

E33MB-40 890 12 - 40 9 - 30 24 0.93 385 15.1 1.7 3.8 3/8" SD

E34MB1-60 605 18 - 60 13 - 44 32 1.03 421 16.6 2.6 5.7 1/2" SD

E34MB1-74 490 22 - 74 17 - 55 32 1.03 421 16.6 2.6 5.7 1/2" SD

E34MB1-100 365 30 - 100 22 - 74 32 1.03 421 16.6 2.6 5.7 1/2" SD

Standard Configuration Mounting Options E23/33 Spindle Options

Reaction Bar: A8606 Base Mount 23/33 20D100701 3/8"-24 Threaded

F3698 Aluminum (E23 Models) 20K101000 Flange Mount 23/33 20D100702 3/8" SD X 8" Ext

20K100100 Steel (E33 Models) 20K100500 Base Mount 34/44

20K100000 Steel (E34/44 Models) 20K100300 Flange Mount 34/44

20K100100 Reaction Bar Steel E23

OutputTorque Range

"R" Side

to Center

"L"

Length Weight

Rated

Speed Output

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Standard

E44MB1-66 885 20 - 66 15 - 49 32 1.25 430 16.9 2.9 6.4 1/2" SD

E44MB1-100 590 30 - 100 22 - 74 32 1.25 430 16.9 2.9 6.4 1/2" SD

Standard Configuration Mounting Options

20K100000 Reaction Bar Steel 20K100500 Base Mount 34/44

20K100300 Flange Mount 34/44

"R" Side

to Center WeightTorque Range

"L"

Length

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

Rated

Speed Output

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Standard

E45MB2-160 345 48 - 160 35 - 118 34 1.35 475 18.7 4.4 9.6 3/4" SD

E45MB2-250 220 75 - 250 55 - 184 34 1.35 475 18.7 4.4 9.6 3/4” SD

E55MB2-127 715 38 - 127 28 - 94 34 1.35 503 19.8 4.7 10.3 3/4” SD

E55MB2-200 475 60 - 200 44 - 147 34 1.35 503 19.8 4.7 10.3 3/4” SD

E55MB2-250 380 75 - 250 55 - 184 34 1.35 503 19.8 4.7 10.3 3/4” SD

Standard Configuration Mounting Options B2 Output Options

20K100200 Reaction Bar Steel 20K100600 Base Mount E45/55 20D102503 3/4" SD X 8" Ext <250 Nm (184 ft lb)

20K100700 Flange Mount E45/55 20D102502 5/8" SD <200 Nm (147 lb ft)

20D102603 3/4" SD X 8" Ext -250 Nm (184 ft lb)

WeightTorque Range

"R" Side

to Center

"L"

Length

Page 60:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

R

L

READ INSTRUCTIONS

25www.StanleyAssembly.com0508

Straight Motors (0.6 to 2000 Nm)

Angle Lever (0.4 to 401 Nm)

Special Output Options

R

H

L

Guided Extension Collars Pinch Point ProtectorsOutput Output

A13 A13

A14 A14

A18 A18

A19<48 Nm A19 <48 Nm

A19 A19

A22 A22

Each Guided Extension Collar Requires an Ultralite Extension

4"

6"

8"

10"

12"

20D243003 20D243002

20D24310320D243104

20D24330520D243302

20D243405

20D124408

20D124406

20D243203 20D24320220D243206

20D243306

20D124510

20D124512

3/8 SD P/N 1/2 SD P/N

20D124404 20D124504

20D124506

20D124508

20D124412

20D124410

Extension

Length

3/8" SD P/N 3/8" SD P/N1/2" SD P/N

20D243303

20D243406

Ultralite

1/2" SD P/N

20D243205

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard Options

E12LA10-4 2325 0.6 - 4 0.4 - 3 10 0.4 30 1.2 271 10.7 0.7 1.6 1/4" SD 3/8" SD

E12LA10-6 1490 2 - 6 1.3 - 4.4 10 0.4 30 1.2 285 11.2 0.8 1.7 1/4" SD 3/8" SD

E12LA13-10 1080 3 - 10 2.2 - 7.4 13 0.5 33 1.3 287 11.3 0.8 1.7 3/8" SD

E12LA13-14 850 4 - 14 3 - 10 13 0.5 33 1.3 287 11.3 0.8 1.7 3/8" SD

E12LA13-18 590 5.5 - 18 4 - 13 13 0.5 33 1.3 287 11.3 0.8 1.7 3/8" SD

E12LA14-23 600 7 - 23 5 - 17 14 0.55 36 1.4 297 11.7 0.9 1.9 3/8" SD

Handle Options Mounting Options Vinyl Head Cover Options

20H207910 Rubber Grip A3061 Wire Bail 20D250711 A13/A14

20H102200 Lever Extension

E1_L Motor Options

Add HD High Duty Cycle Motor Example: E12LA-10HD

A13 Output Options: See page 25

Output

"L"

Length Weight

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"H" Head

Height

Rated

Speed Output

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Standard

E55MB3-322 230 97 - 322 71 - 237 35 1.25 517 20.4 5.3 11.5 3/4” SD

E55MB4-471 185 141 - 471 101 - 347 44 1.7 564 22.2 7.4 16.3 1” SD

E55MB4-623 140 187 - 623 138 - 459 44 1.7 564 22.2 7.4 16.3 1” SD

E55MB5-1023 75 307 - 1023 226 - 754 48 1.9 594 23.4 9.6 21.1 1” SD

E55MB5-1637 45 491 - 1637 362 - 1207 48 1.9 625 24.6 12 26.4 1” SD

E55MB5-2005 35 602 - 2005 444 - 1479 48 1.9 625 24.6 12 26.4 1” SD

Standard Configuration B3 Output Options Mounting Options

Reaction Bar: 20D104502 3/4" SD/Ball Retainer 20K200100 Swivel Bail E45/55

B4487 Steel (E55LB3) B4 Output Options F4201 Base Mount B4/B5

F4192 Steel (E55LB4-5 Models) 20D208301 1" SD Ball Retainer 20K101100 Flange Mount B4/B5

20D208302 1" SD x 1 1/2" Ext H1140 Base Mount B3

M4329 Flange Mount B3

Torque Range Weight

"L"

Length

"R" Side

to Center

Page 61:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Angle Lever (0.4 to 401 Nm)L

H

R

L

H

R

Typical double endedsquare drive output

Two Handed Operation Options20K400000 (E23/33 Models)

Two Handed Operation Options20K400001 (E34/44 Models)

26 www.StanleyAssembly.com 0508

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.Contact Stanley for Special Socket Options.

Rated

Speed Output

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

E23LA13-11 1500 3.5 - 11 2.5 - 8 13 0.5 33 1.3 435 17.1 1.5 3.3 3/8" SD

E23LA14-21 725 6 - 21 5 - 15.5 13 0.5 36 1.4 449 17.7 1.6 3.6 3/8" SD

E23LA14-31 500 9 - 31 7 - 23 14 0.55 36 1.4 449 17.7 1.6 3.6 3/8" SD

E33LA14-33 1040 10 - 33 7 - 24 14 0.55 36 1.4 474 18.7 1.8 4 3/8" SD

E33LA18-46 750 14 - 46 10 - 34 17.5 0.69 39 1.55 490 19.3 2 4.3 3/8" SD

E33LA19-48 730 15 - 48 10.5 - 35 19 0.75 49 1.9 492 19.4 2.2 4.8 3/8" SD

E33LA19-60 570 18 - 60 13 - 44 19 0.75 49 1.9 492 19.4 2.2 4.8 1/2" SD

Rear Facing Lever A3157 1/4" Female Hex Magnetic 20D100000 A19 Thd, 1/2" SD

A3156 1/4" Square Drive 20D100006 A19 Thd 3/8 SD Ball Retainer

20H100005 Front Facing Lever E23/33 A3351 1/4" - 28 Threaded Female

20H207207 Rubber Grip (Rear facing lever) A3158 3/8" - 24 Threaded Magnetic 20D100003 Double Ended RH Thd 1/2"

A3441 5/16" - 24 Threaded Female 20D100004 1/2 SD Ball Retainer

20K101400 Swivel Bail E23/33 F3376 Angle Head with Advel Attachment 20D100001 A19,1/2” SD Anti Vibration

* B3117 3/8" Double Ended Square Drive * 20D100003 Double Ended RH Thrd 1/2" SD

Add E4 to Model# 4" Extension for E23/33 Models * For Right Hand Assembly Only

Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for E23/33 Models 20D110000 3/8" SD Ball Retainer Anti-Vib

Add E10 to Model# 10" Extension for E23/33 Models 20D118300 1/4" Hex Flush Socket Head 20K101800 E23L, E33L

Example: E23LA14-31E4 A18 Output Options

Vinyl Head Cover Options F3832 1/4" Internal Hex F3831 3/8" - 24 FemaleThreaded

20D250705 A13 20D250702 A18 * F3828 3/8" Double Ended Square Drive F3829 1/2" Square Drive

20D250701 A14 20D250707 A19 F3973 3/8" SD Paint Mark Angle Head F3833 5/16" Internal Hex

20D104600 3/8" SD/Ball Anti-Vibration F3830 1/2" SD Double Ended

20M102600 E3L Cooling Fan Kit 20D104606 3/8" Square Drive/Ball

Add HD High Duty Cycle Motor, Example: E23LA-11HD

Headlight Kit

Standard Configuration A13 Output Options A19 Output Options <48 Nm (35 lb ft)

E2_L/E3_L Motor Options

A14 Output Options

"H" Head

Height

"L"

Length

A19 Output Options <60 Nm (44 lb ft)

Weight

Gearcase Extensions

Mounting Options

Handle Options

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

Rated

Speed Output

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

E34LA19-70 435 21 - 70 51.5 19 0.75 49 1.9 522 20.6 2.9 6.3 1/2" SD

E34LA22-101 335 30 - 101 22 - 74.5 22 0.88 50 2 530 20.9 3 6.6 1/2" SD

E34LA22-115 300 35 - 115 26 - 85 22 0.88 50 2 530 20.9 3 6.6 1/2" SD

E44LA19-70 635 21 - 70 15 - 51.5 19 0.75 49 1.9 531 20.9 3.3 7.3 1/2" SD

E44LA22-101 545 30 - 101 22 - 74.5 22 0.88 50 2 539 21.2 3.5 7.6 1/2" SD

E44LA22-120 360 63 - 120 27 - 88.5 22 0.88 50 2 539 21.2 3.5 7.6 1/2" SD

Standard Configuration A19 Output Options Mounting Options

Rear Facing Lever 20D100102 A19 Spline 1/2 SD Ball Retainer 20K200000 Swivel Bail E34/44

20K100000 Reaction Bar Steel 20D100101 A19 Spline,1/2” SD Anti Vibration 20K100500 Base Mount 34/44

Handle Options 20D100107 A19 Double Ended 1/2" SD 'RH Threaded 20K100300 Flange Mount 34/44

20H100105 Front Facing Lever E44/45/55 A22 Output Options

20H207207 Rubber Grip (Rear facing lever) 20D100322 A22 Double Ended 1/2” SD

E3_L/E4_L Motor Options Gearcase Extensions 20D250707 A19

20M102600 E3L Cooling Fan Kit Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for E34/44 Models 20D250708 A22

Add HD High Duty Cycle Motor Add E8 to Model# 8" Extension for E34/44 Models

Example: E34LA-70HD Add E10 to Model# 10" Extension for E34/44 Models 20K101800 E34L

Vinyl Head Cover Options

"H" Head

Height

"L"

Length Weight

Headlight Kit

"R" Side

to Center

Torque

Range

Page 62:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

L

H

R

L

H

R

Angle Lever (0.4 to 401 Nm)

Two Handed Operation Options20K400002 (E45/55 Models)

Two Handed Operation Options20K400002 (E45/55 Models)

27www.StanleyAssembly.com0508

Rated

Speed Output

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

E45LA26-150 330 45 - 150 33 - 110 26 1.02 60 2.4 582 22.9 5.2 11.5 3/4" SD

E45LA26-201 265 60 - 201 49 - 148 26 1.02 60 2.4 582 22.9 5.2 11.5 3/4" SD

Standard Configuration Gearcase Extensions Mounting Options

Rear Facing Lever Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for E45/55 Models 20K200100 Swivel Bail E45/55

20K100200 Reaction Bar Steel Add E9 to Model# 9" Extension for E45/55 Models 20K100700 Flange Mount 45/55

Handle Options Add E12 to Model# 12" Extension for E45/55 Models 20K100600 Base Mount 45/55

20H100105 Front Facing Lever E44/45/55 Example: E45LA26 - 150E6 A26 Output Options

20H207207 Rubber Grip (Rear facing lever) Vinyl Head Cover Options 20D100411 3/4" SD/Ball Retainer

E4_L Motor Options 20D250709 A26

Add HD High Duty Cycle Motor

Example: E45LA-150HD

"R" Side

to Center

Torque

Range Weight

"H" Head

Height

"L"

Length

Rated

Speed Output

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

E55LA26-100 880 33 - 100 22 - 74 26 1.02 60 2.4 632 24.9 5.8 12.8 1/2" SD

E55LA26-167 510 50 - 167 37 - 123 26 1.02 60 2.4 632 24.9 5.8 12.8 3/4" SD

E55LA26-221 385 67 - 221 49 - 163 26 1.02 60 2.4 632 24.9 5.8 12.8 3/4" SD

E55LA32-337 250 101 - 337 75 - 248 32 1.25 73 2.9 639 25.1 6.5 14.2 3/4” SD

E55LA32-401 200 120 - 401 89 - 295 32 1.25 73 2.9 639 25.1 6.5 14.2 3/4” SD

Standard Configuration Gearcase Extensions A26 Output Options

Rear Facing Lever Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for E45/55 Models 20D100400 5/8" SD for -100

20K100200 Reaction Bar Steel Add E9 to Model# 9" Extension for E45/55 Models 20D100410 3/4" Square Drive

Add E12 to Model# 12" Extension for E45/55 Models 20D100411 3/4" SD/Ball Retainer

Mounting Options Example: E55LA26-167E6

20K200100 Swivel Bail E45/55 Handle Options 20D104300 3/4" SD/Ball Retainer

20K100700 Flange Mount 45/55 20H100105 Front Facing Lever E44/45/55 Vinyl Head Cover Options

20K100600 Base Mount 45/55 20H207207 Rubber Grip (Rear facing lever) 20D250709 A26

E5_L Motor Options 20D250710 A32

Add HD High Duty Cycle Motor

Example: E55LA-100HD

"L"

Length

A32 Output Options

Weight

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"H" Head

Height

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

Special High Duty Cycle Models: Contact your Stanley representative for configuration options.Rated

Speed Output

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

E43LA19-60 700 18 - 60 13 - 44 19 0.75 49 1.9 517 20.3 2.6 5.8 1/2" SD

E54LA22-120 470 63 - 120 27 - 88.5 22 0.88 50 2 742 29 4.75 10.5 1/2" SD

Weight

"L"

Length

"H" Head

Height

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

Page 63:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Flush Angle Lever (2 to 401 Nm)

L

H

R

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

Two Handed Operation Options20K400000 (E23/33 Models)

H

L

R

28 www.StanleyAssembly.com 0508

Rated

Speed Output

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Flush Socket Head

E12LA13-10 1080 3 - 10 2.2 - 7.4 13 0.5 35 1.4 287 11.3 0.8 1.7

E12LA13-14 850 4 - 14 3 - 10 13 0.5 35 1.4 287 11.3 0.8 1.7

E12LA13-18 590 5.5 - 18 4 - 13 13 0.5 35 1.4 287 11.3 0.8 1.7

Handle Options A13 Flush Socket Options

20H207910 Rubber Grip J3823 5/16" Magnet. B3686 7mm B3754 10mm

20H102200 Lever Extension B3752 5/16" (8mm) B3752 8mm (5/16") F3667 10mm X 1/4" Ext Magnetic

Mounting Options B3751 1/4" J3041 8mm X 1/4" Extension J3100 10mm X 1/2" Ext Magnetic

A3061 Wire Bail B3753 3/8" J3706 8mm X 1/16" Ext Magnetic L3073 10mm X 1/4" Ext Magnetic

Vinyl Head Cover Options B3834 4mm L3154 8mm Double Hex F3587 11mm

20D250711 A13/A14

E1_L Motor Options

Add HD High Duty Cycle Motor

Example: E12LA-10HD

"R" Side

to Center

"H" Head

Height

"L"

Length

20D121906

Torque

Range Weight

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb

E23LA13-11 1500 3.5 - 11 2.5 - 8 13 0.5 35 1.4 435 17.1 1.5 3.3

E23LA14-21 725 6 - 21 5 - 15.5 13 0.5 33 1.3 449 17.7 1.6 3.6

E23LA14-31 500 9 - 31 7 - 23 14 0.55 33 1.3 449 17.7 1.6 3.6

E33LA14-33 1040 10 - 33 7 - 24 14 0.55 33 1.3 474 18.7 1.8 4

E33LA18-46 750 14 - 46 10 - 34 17.5 0.69 44 1.7 490 19.3 2 4.3

E33LA19-48 730 15 - 48 10.5 - 35 19 0.75 49 1.9 492 19.4 2.2 4.8

E33LA19-60 570 18 - 60 13 - 44 19 0.75 49 1.9 492 19.4 2.2 4.8

Standard Configuration A18 Flush Socket Options

Rear Facing Lever F4897 10mm H4494 13mm X 12mm Extension

J4979 10mm X 1" Extension J4435 14mm

20H100005 Front Facing Lever E23/33 N4638 10mm X 3mm Extension H4371 14mm Surface Drive X 30mm Ext

20H207207 Rubber Grip (Rear facing lever) N4251 10mm X 7mm Extension N4268 14mm X 1/4" Extension

F4898 11mm F4900 15mm

20K101400 Swivel Bail E23/33 L4509 11mm X 5/8" Extension Mag J4684 15mm X 1/2" Extension

L4006 12mm L4378 15mm X 1/4" Extension

Add E4 to Model# 4" Extension for E23/33 Models F4899 13mm N4686 15mm X 1/4" Extension/Retention Ring

Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for E23/33 Models L4543 13mm (1/2" Clearance) H4459 15mm X 3/8" Extension

Add E10 to Model# 10" Extension for E23/33 Models L4834 13mm Magnetic N4769 15mm/Retention Ring

Example: E23LA14-31E4 L4022 13mm Surface Drive N4312 16mm X 1/4" Extension

A13 Flush Socket Options (see E12LA13 L4934 13mm Surface Dr X 10mm Ext N4581 16mm X 1/4" Extension Surface Drive

Options above) L4935 13mm Surface Dr X 5mm Ext N4343 16mm X 150mm Extension

J4444 13mm X 1" Extension H4301 17mm X 5mm Extension

20D255500 12mm Surface Drive H4921 13mm X 1/2" Extension L4653 5/16"/Retention Ring

20D255501 13mm Surface Drive N4918 13mm X 1/4" Extension F4896 7/16"

20D118300 1/4" Integral Hex Head Ass'y N4086 13mm X 1/8" Extension H4236 3/8" Surface Drive X 10mm Extension

F4895 1/2"

20D250705 A13 20D250702 A18

20D250701 A14 20D250707 A19 20M102600 E3L Cooling Fan Kit (see Standard Sockets p 34)

Add HD High Duty Cycle Motor

20K101800 E23L, E33L Example: E23LA-11HD

Gearcase Extensions

Mounting Options

Torque

Range

Headlight Kit

A14 Flush Socket Options

Vinyl Head Cover Options

Flush Socket Head

B3755

Handle Options

E3_L Motor Options

"L"

Length Weight Output

"R" Side

to Center

"H" Head

Height

A19 Flush Socket Options

F3834

20D100007

20D118301

20D118301

20D118301

Page 64:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

L

H

R

L

H

R

L

H

R

Flush Angle Lever (2 to 401 Nm)

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

Two Handed Operation Options20K400001 (E34/44 Models)

Two Handed Operation Options20K400002 (E45/55 Models)

Two Handed Operation Options20K400002 (E45/55 Models)

29www.StanleyAssembly.com0508

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb

E34LA19-70 435 21 - 70 51.5 19 0.75 49 1.9 522 20.6 2.9 6.3

E34LA22-101 335 30 - 101 22 - 74.5 22 0.88 51 2 530 20.9 3 6.6

E34LA22-115 300 35 - 115 26 - 85 22 0.88 51 2 530 20.9 3 6.6

E44LA19-70 635 21 - 70 15 - 51.5 19 0.75 49 1.9 531 20.9 3.3 7.3

E44LA22-101 545 30 - 101 22 - 74.5 22 0.88 51 2 539 21.2 3.5 7.6

E44LA22-120 360 63 - 120 27 - 88.5 22 0.88 51 2 539 21.2 3.5 7.6

Standard Configuration Gearcase Extensions Mounting Options

Rear Facing Lever Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for E34/44 Models 20K200000 Swivel Bail E34/44

20K100000 Reaction Bar Steel Add E8 to Model# 8" Extension for E34/44 Models 20K100500 Base Mount 34/44

Handle Options Add E10 to Model# 10" Extension for E34/44 Models 20K100300 Flange Mount 34/44

20H100105 Front Facing Lever E44/45/55 Example: E34LA22-115E6

20H207207 Rubber Grip (Rear facing lever) E3_L/E4_L Motor Options

Vinyl Head Cover Options 20M102600 E3L Cooling Fan Kit 20K101800 E34L

20D250707 A19 20D250708 A22 Add HD High Duty Cycle Motor A19 and A22 Flush Socket Options (see

Example: E34LA-70HD Standard Sockets p 34)

"R" Side

to Center

"H" Head

Height

"L"

Length

Torque

Range Weight Output

Flush Socket Head

20D100106

20D100309

20D100106

Headlight Kit

20D100309

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb

E45LA26-150 330 45 - 105 33 - 110 26 1.02 66 2.6 582 22.9 5.2 11.5

E45LA26-201 265 60 - 201 49 - 148 26 1.02 66 2.6 582 22.9 5.2 11.5

Standard Configuration Gearcase Extensions Mounting Options

Rear Facing Lever Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for E45/55 Models 20K200100 Swivel Bail E45/55

20K100200 Reaction Bar Steel Add E9 to Model# 9" Extension for E45/55 Models 20K100700 Flange Mount 45/55

Handle Options Add E12 to Model# 12" Extension for E45/55 Models 20K100600 Base Mount 45/55

20H100105 Front Facing Lever E44/45/55 Example: E45LA26 - 150E6

20H207207 Rubber Grip (Rear facing lever) Add HD High Duty Cycle Motor

Vinyl Head Cover Options A26 Flush Socket Options (see Standard Sockets p 34) Example: E45LA-150HD

20D250709 A26

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"H" Head

Height

"L"

Length OutputWeight

20D100409

Flush Socket Head

E4_L Motor Options

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb

E55LA26-100 880 33 - 100 22 - 74 26 1.02 66 2.6 632 24.9 5.8 12.8

E55LA26-167 510 50 - 167 37 - 123 26 1.02 66 2.6 632 24.9 5.8 12.8

E55LA26-221 385 67 - 221 49 - 163 26 1.02 66 2.6 632 24.9 5.8 12.8

E55LA32-337 250 101 - 337 75 - 248 32 1.25 70 2.7 639 25.1 6.5 14.2

E55LA32-401 200 120 - 401 89 - 295 32 1.25 70 2.7 639 25.1 6.5 14.2

Standard Configuration Gearcase Extensions Mounting Options

Rear Facing Lever Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for E45/55 Models 20K200100 Swivel Bail E45/55

20K100200 Reaction Bar Steel Add E9 to Model# 9" Extension for E45/55 Models 20K100700 Flange Mount 45/55

Handle Options Add E12 to Model# 12" Extension for E45/55 Models 20K100600 Base Mount 45/55

20H100105 Front Facing Lever E44/45/55 Example: E55LA26-167E6 Vinyl Head Cover Options

20H207207 Rubber Grip (Rear facing lever) A32 Flush Socket Options (see p 30) 20D250709 A26

E5_L Motor Options A26 Flush Socket Options (see Standard Sockets p 34) 20D250710 A32

Add HD High Duty Cycle Motor: Example, E55LA-100HD

Flush Socket Head

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"H" Head

Height

"L"

Length Weight Output

20D100409

20D102201

Page 65:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

R

(0.44 in)11.2 mm

L

Front Removable Only

13 mm (0.5 in) Mounting PlateSupplied By Customer

H

R

Angle Motors (46 to 401 Nm)

L

R

HREAD INSTRUCTIONS

Flush Angle Lever (2 to 401 Nm)

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

30 www.StanleyAssembly.com 0508

A32 Flush Socket Options

A5248 3/4" (19mm) A5114 1 - 1/16" (27mm) A5261 24mm (15/16") X 8mm Extension

A5479 3/4" (19mm) Square Drive FemaleA5651 18mm A5129 24mm (15/16") X 15mm Extension

A5112 7/8" (22mm) A5175 21mm A6428 24mm X 1/1" Extension

A5183 7/8" (22mm) Fast Lead A6234 21mm x 1/2" Extension A5114 27mm (1 - 1/16")

A5107 15/16" (24mm) A5107 24mm (15/16") A5238 27mm (1 - 1/16") X 2.5mm Extension

A5113 1" A5380 24mm (15/16") Fast Lead A5574 27mm (1 - 1/16") X 20mm Extension

A5473 1" Fast Lead A5438 24mm (15/16") Surface Drive

Rated

Speed Output

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

E33MA18F0-46 750 14 - 46 10 - 34 28 1.1 39 1.55 490 19.3 2.1 4.7 1/2" SD

E33MA19F0-60 570 18 - 60 13 - 44 28 1.1 49 1.9 492 19.4 2.4 5.2 1/2" SD

E34MA19-70 435 21 - 70 15 - 51.5 28 1.1 49 1.9 465 18.3 4 8.7 1/2" SD

E44MA19-70 635 21 - 70 15 - 51.5 31 1.2 49 1.9 474 18.7 4.3 9.5 1/2" SD

E34MA22-101 335 30 - 101 22 - 74.5 28 1.1 49 1.9 473 18.6 4.1 9.1 1/2" SD

E34MA22-115 300 35 - 115 26 - 85 28 1.1 49 1.9 473 18.6 4.1 9.1 1/2" SD

E44MA22-101 545 30 - 101 22 - 74.5 31 1.2 49 1.9 482 19 4.5 9.9 1/2" SD

E44MA22-120 360 36 - 120 27 - 88.5 31 1.2 49 1.9 482 19 4.5 9.9 1/2" SD

E45MA26-150 330 45 - 150 33 - 110 34 1.34 60 2.6 525 20.7 7.5 16.5 3/4" SD

E45MA26-201 265 60 - 201 49 - 148 34 1.34 60 2.6 525 20.7 7.5 16.5 3/4" SD

E55MA26-100 880 33 - 100 22 - 74 34 1.34 60 2.6 576 22.7 8.1 17.8 1/2" SD

E55MA26-221 385 67 - 221 49 - 163 34 1.34 60 2.6 576 22.7 8.1 17.8 3/4" SD

E55MA32-337 255 101 - 337 75 - 248 34 1.34 73 2.9 582 22.1 8.8 19.3 3/4” SD

E55MA32-401 205 120 - 401 89 - 295 34 1.34 73 2.9 582 22.1 8.8 19.3 3/4” SD

Standard Configuration Gearcase Extensions MA18 Output Options

Reaction Bar: Add E4 to Model# 4" Extension for E23/33 Models 20D104601 A18 3/8" SD Flanged

20K100000 Steel (E34/44 Models) Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for E23/44 Models 20D104607 A18 3/8 - 24 Female Threaded Flanged

20K100200 Steel (E45/55 Models) Add E8 to Model# 8" Extension for E34/44 Models 20D104608 A18 Flush Socket Flanged

Add E10 to Model# 10" Extension for E23/44 Models A19 Output Options

Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for E45/55 Models 20D100100 A19 Spline 1/2” SD

Add E9 to Model# 9" Extension for E45/55 Models 20D100102 A19 Spline 1/2 SD Ball Retainer

Add E12 to Model# 12" Extension for E45/55 Models 20D100101 A19 Spline,1/2” SD Anti Vibration

Example: E34MA22 - 115E6 20D100106 A19 Flush Socket Head

A22 Output Options A26 Output Options A32 Output Options

20D100309 A22 Flush Socket Head 20D100400 5/8" Square Drive for - 100 Model 20D104300 3/4" Square Drive/Ball Retainer

20D100409 A26 Flush Socket Head 20D102201 A32 Flush Socket Head

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"H" Head

Height

"L"

Length Weight

Page 66:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Crowfoot Lever (4 to 216 Nm)

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and model options.See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

65 mm(2.5 in)

46 mm (1.8 in)

25.4 mm (1.0 in)

C8 C106 C69

31.75 mm (1.25 in)

R

55 mm (2.16 in)

48 mm (1.9 in)

T

L

C246

Two Handed Operation Options20K400000 (E23/33 Models)

Two Handed Operation Options20K400000 (E23/33 Models)

T

45 mm (1.75 in)

46 mm (1.8 in)

25.4 mm (1.0 in)

RL

47 mm(1.86 in)

50.6 mm (1.99 in)

31.75 mm (1.25 in)

65 mm(2.5 in)

46 mm (1.8 in)

25.4 mm (1.0 in)

C379C846 mm (1.8 in)

25.4 mm (1.0 in)

45 mm (1.75 in)

T

R

C106T

45 mm (1.8 in)

15 mm (.59 in)

L

31.9 mm (1.25 in)31.9 mm (1.25 in)

55 mm(2.16 in)

47 mm (1.86 in)

31.75 mm(1.25 in)

C13

31www.StanleyAssembly.com0808

Rated

Speed

Maximum

Hex Size

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm (in)

E12LC8-13 585 4 - 13 3 - 9.5 13 0.5 13 0.5 16 0.64 347 13.7 1 2.2

E12LC106-14 585 4 - 14 3 - 10 13 0.5 13 0.5 16 0.64 367 14.5 1.1 2.4

E12LC379-30 660 9 - 30 7 - 22 16 0.6 13.5 0.53 15 0.58 352 13.9 1.2 2.6

20H207910 Rubber Grip A3061 Wire Bail 20D250723 C8 Standard Hex Socket Options

20H102200 Lever Extension 20D250713 C106 (see Standard Sockets p 34)

E1_L Motor Options 20D250732 C379 Contact Stanley for Special Socket Options

Add HD High Duty Cycle Motor

Example: E12LC8-13HD

Mounting OptionsHandle Options Vinyl Head Cover Options

"T"

Thickness

"R" Nose

Radius

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center Weight

Includes One Integral Socket

"L"

Length

13 (1/2)

Rated

Speed

Maximum

Hex Size

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm (in)

E23LC8-16 660 5 - 16 3.5 - 12 13 0.5 13 0.5 16 0.64 510 20 1.7 3.8

E23LC106-16 660 5 - 16 3.5 - 12 13 0.5 13 0.5 16 0.64 530 20.8 1.8 4

E23LC69-15 745 4.5 - 15 3.5 - 11 13.5 0.53 13.5 0.53 16 0.64 532 20.9 2.3 5

E33LC69-27 845 8 - 27 6 - 20 13.5 0.53 13.5 0.53 16 0.64 557 21.9 2.4 5.3

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"R" Nose

Radius

"T"

Thickness

13 (1/2)

Weight

"L"

Length

Rated

Speed

Maximum

Hex Size

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm (in)

E23LC246-22 505 6.5 - 22 5 - 16 16 0.63 16 0.63 20.5 0.81 535 21 2.4 5.2

E33LC246-38 570 12 - 38 9 - 28 16 0.63 16 0.63 20.5 0.81 560 22 2.5 5.5

E23LC13-18 590 5.5 - 18 4 - 13 16 0.63 13.5 0.53 20.5 0.81 533 21 2.4 5.2

E33LC13-30 755 9 - 30 6.5 - 22 16 0.63 13.5 0.53 20.5 0.81 558 22 2.5 5.5

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"R" Nose

Radius

"T"

Thickness Weight

"L"

Length

13 (1/2)

Page 67:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Crowfoot Lever (4 to 216 Nm)

C31 C10 C21

Two Handed Operation Options20K400001 (E34/44 Models)20K400002 (E45/55 Models)

C29

L

48.5 mm (1.91 in)

75 mm(2.95 in)

T

38.1 mm (1.5 in)

C35Two Handed Operation Options20K400000 (E23/33 Models)

43 mm (1.7 in)

50 mm (1.97 in)

38.1 mm (1.5 in)

58 mm(2.3 in)

84 mm (3.3 in)

59 mm (2.3 in)

71 mm (2.8 in)

LR

T

71 mm (2.78 in)

38.1 mm (1.5 in)38.1 mm (1.5 in)

38 mm(1.5 in)

71 mm (2.78 in)

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and model options.See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

32 www.StanleyAssembly.com 0508

Rated

Speed

Maximum

Hex Size

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm (in)

E23LC35-16 660 5 - 16 3.5 - 12 20.5 0.81 20.5 0.81 14 0.55 559 22 2.7 6

E33LC35-31 750 9 - 31 7 - 23 20.5 0.81 20.5 0.81 14 0.55 585 23 2.9 6.3

E33LC29-35 675 10.5 - 35 8 - 26 20.5 0.81 20.5 0.81 14 0.55 549 21.6 2.7 5.9

Standard Configuration Includes One Integral Socket

Rear Facing Lever Add E4 to Model# 4" Extension for E23/33 Models Standard Hex Socket Options

Handle Options Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for E23/44 Models (see Standard Sockets p 34)

20H100005 Front Facing Lever E23/33 Add E8 to Model# 8" Extension for E34/44 Models Contact Stanley for Special

20H207207 Rubber Grip (Rear facing lever) Add E10 to Model# 10" Extension for E23/44 Models Socket Options

Mounting Options Example: E33LC35-31E4

20K101400 Swivel Bail E23/33 20K101800 E23L, E33L

E2_L/E3_L Motor Options 20D250723 C8 20D250714 C13 20D250717 C246

20M102600 E3L Cooling Fan Kit 20D250713 C106 20D250720 C35 20D250718 C29

Add HD High Duty Cycle Motor Example: E23LC35-16HD 20D250721 C69

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"R" Nose

Radius

"T"

Thickness

19 (3/4)

Weight

"L"

Length

Gearcase Extensions

Headlight Kit

Vinyl Head Cover Options

Rated

Speed

Maximum

Hex Size

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm (in)

E34LC10-49 490 15 - 49 11 - 36 20.5 0.81 20.5 0.81 28 1.1 625 24.6 3.5 7.6

E44LC10-88 355 26 - 88 20 - 65 20.5 0.81 20.5 0.81 28 1.1 634 25 3.8 8.4

E44LC31-102 355 31 - 102 23 - 75 20.5 0.81 20.5 0.81 28 1.1 602 23.7 3.6 8

E45LC21-216 155 65 - 216 48 - 159 29 1.16 29 1.16 31 1.2 693 27.3 6.1 13.5 27 (1 1/16)

Standard Configuration Gearcase Extensions Includes One Integral Socket

Rear Facing Lever Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for E34/44 Models Standard Hex Socket Options

Reaction Bar: Add E8 to Model# 8" Extension for E34/44 Models (see Standard Sockets p 34)

20K100000 Steel (E34/44 Models) Add E10 to Model# 10" Extension for E34/44 Models Contact Stanley for Special

20K100200 Steel (E45/55 Models) Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for E45 Models Socket Options

Handle Options Add E9 to Model# 9" Extension for E45 Models Vinyl Head Cover Options

20H100105 Front Facing Lever E44/45/55 Add E12 to Model# 12" Extension for E45 Models 20D250722 C7 20D250712 C10

20H207207 Rubber Grip (Rear facing lever) Example: E34LC10-49E6 20D250715 C16 20D250719 C31

E3_L/E4_L Motor Options 20D250716 C21

20M102600 E3L Cooling Fan Kit Add HD High Duty Cycle Motor Example: E34LC10-49HD

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"R" Nose

Radius

"T"

Thickness

19 (3/4)

"L"

Length Weight

Page 68:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Tubenut Lever (4 to 102 Nm)

R

48 mm (1.9 in)

R

65 mm (2.6 in)

T

64 mm (2.5 in)

75 mm (2.94 in)

R L

47 mm (1.86 in)

T

54 mm (2.12 in)

48 mm (1.88 in)

35.4 mm (1.4 in)

54 mm (2.125 in)

77 mm(3 in)

T74 T264

T99T23

Two Handed Operation Options20K400000 (E23/33 Models)

Two Handed Operation Options20K400001 (E34/44 Models)

L

75 mm (2.94 in)

65 mm(2.6 in)

T

44 mm (1.7 in)

T

56 mm (2.22 in)

R

34 mm (1.34 in)

54 mm (2.13 in)

T

42 mm (1.65 in)

L

T346 E12LT252E23/33LT

T20

42 mm (1.65 in)

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and model options.See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

L

R

T

33.3 mm (1.31 in)

56 mm (2.2 in)

33www.StanleyAssembly.com0508

Rated

Speed

Maximum

Hex Size

Maximum

Tube Size

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm (in) mm (in)

E12LT252-25 245 7.5 - 25 5.5 - 18 13 0.5 13 0.5 14 0.54 431 17 1.6 3.6

E23LT346-14 815 4 - 14 3 - 10 13 0.5 13 0.5 14 0.54 519 20.4 2.2 4.8

E33LT346-25 1050 7.5 - 25 18 13 0.5 13 0.5 14 0.54 545 21.4 2.4 5.2

E23LT252-13 840 4 - 13 10 13 0.5 13 0.5 14 0.54 499 19.6 2.3 5.1

E33LT252-22 955 6.5 - 22 5 - 16 13 0.5 13 0.5 14 0.54 524 20.6 2.5 5.5

"R" Nose

Radius

8 (5/16)

"L"

Length Weight

13 (1/2)

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"T"

Thickness

Rated

Speed

Maximum

Hex Size

Maximum

Tube Size

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm (in) mm (in)

E23LT74-14 750 4 - 14 3 - 10 18.5 0.73 18.5 0.73 14.5 0.57 532 20.9 2.5 5.4

E33LT74-30 765 9 - 30 6.5 - 22 18.5 0.73 18.5 0.73 14.5 0.57 557 21.9 2.6 5.7

E23LT264-22 480 6.5 - 22 5 - 16 21.3 0.84 21.3 0.84 18 0.7 513 20.2 2 4.4

E33LT264-44 545 13 - 44 9.5 - 32 21.3 0.84 21.3 0.84 18 0.7 538 21.2 2.1 4.7

Standard Configuration Gearcase Extensions Includes One Integral Socket

Rear Facing Lever Add E4 to Model# 4" Extension for E23/33 Models Standard Hex Socket Options

Handle Options Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for E23/44 Models (see Standard Sockets p 34)

20H100005 Front Facing Lever E23/33 Add E8 to Model# 8" Extension for E34/44 Models Contact Stanley for Special

20H207207 Rubber Grip (Rear facing lever) Add E10 to Model# 10" Extension for E23/44 Models Socket Options

Mounting Options Example: E33LT74-30E4 Vinyl Head Cover Options

20K101400 Swivel Bail E23/33 20D250724 T346 20D250729 T74

20M102600 E3L Cooling Fan Kit 20D250726 T252 20D250728 T264

"L"

Length

Torque

Range Weight

"R" Side

to Center

"R" Nose

Radius

11 (7/16)

24 (15/16) 13 (1/2)

18 (11/16)

"T"

Thickness

E3_L Motor Options

Rated

Speed

Maximum

Hex Size

Maximum

Tube Size

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in mm in kg lb mm (in) mm (in)

E34LT23-41 495 12 - 41 9. - 30 18.5 0.73 18.5 0.73 23 0.92 590 23.2 3.6 7.9 18 (11/16) 11 (7/16)

E34LT99-46 515 14 - 46 10 - 34 26 1.03 26 1.03 19.5 0.77 612 24.1 3.9 8.6

E34LT99-62 340 19 - 62 14 - 46 26 1.03 26 1.03 19.5 0.77 612 24.1 3.9 8.6

E44LT20-102 375 31 - 102 23 - 75 26 1.03 26 1.03 32 1.25 628 24.7 4.8 10.6

Standard Configuration Gearcase Extensions Includes One Integral Socket

Rear Facing Lever Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for E34/44 Models Standard Hex Socket Options

20K100000 Reaction Bar Steel Add E8 to Model# 8" Extension for E34/44 Models (see Standard Sockets p 34)

Add E10 to Model# 10" Extension for E34/44 Models Contact Stanley for Special Socket Options

20H100105 Front Facing Lever E44/45/55 Example: E34LT99-46E6

20H207207 Rubber Grip (Rear facing lever) 20D250727 T23 20D250725 T20

20M102600 E3L Cooling Fan Kit 20D250730 T99

"L"

Length Weight

"R" Nose

Radius

"R" Side

to Center

Vinyl Head Cover Options

19 (3/4)27 (1 1/16)

E3_L Motor Options

"T"

Thickness

Handle Options

Torque

Range

Page 69:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Sta

nd

ard

So

cket

Op

tio

ns E

xten

sion

Soc

ket

34 www.StanleyAssembly.com 0508

Ane

wpa

rtnu

mbe

rsy

stem

for

stan

dard

crow

foot

and

tube

nut s

ocke

tsen

able

scu

stom

ers

tode

scrib

ean

dpr

ice

stan

dard

sock

ets

for

each

appl

icat

ion.

For

spec

ial s

ocke

tsor

dim

ensi

ons

not i

nclu

ded,

cont

act S

ales

. The

part

num

ber

incl

udes

info

rmat

ion

onhe

adnu

mbe

rof

the

tool

, soc

ket t

ype,

sock

etsi

zean

dex

tens

ion

leng

th.

ToD

efin

ea

So

cket

Par

tN

um

ber

:(S

eeE

xam

ples

Bel

ow)

Sel

ect H

EA

Dfr

omH

EA

DN

UM

BE

Rta

ble.

Add

TY

PE

/SIZ

E/E

XT

EN

SIO

Nfr

omta

bles

, sep

arat

ew

ithfo

rwar

dsl

ashe

s(/

).H

EA

D/T

YP

E/S

IZE

/EX

TE

NS

ION

Not

e:S

peci

fyso

cket

SIZ

Eno

larg

eth

anM

axH

exS

ize.

App

lies

toth

efo

llow

ing

Soc

ket T

ypes

, Siz

es, E

xten

sion

Leng

ths

CR

OW

FO

OT

(C)

or

TU

BE

NU

T(T

)H

EA

D

HE

AD

NU

MB

ER

Siz

e(m

m)

Siz

e(in

)

3,4,

616

5/8

L321

5T

YP

E

7,16

, 39,

63, 9

3,97

193/

4L3

258

IDE

XT

EN

SIO

N

8,61

, 106

, 122

, 174

, 178

, 186

, 193

, 263

, 311

*13

1/2

L322

4S

HS

ize

(mm

)S

ize

(in)

ID(m

m)

(in)

10, 5

, 14,

17, 1

9,22

, 24,

30,

31, 4

0,41

,S

ingl

eM

44

21/

80

Sta

ndar

dS

tand

ard

70, 7

7,83

, 126

, 172

, 219

, 242

, 262

193/

4L3

217

Hex

M5

53

3/16

33

1/8

13, 9

4,12

8,22

8,23

0,30

8*1

31/

2L3

213

M6

64

1/4

66

1/4

20, 1

10, 1

5427

11/

16L3

255

DH

M7

75

5/16

99

3/8

21, 6

7,98

, 165

, 189

, 225

, 284

271

1/16

L324

0D

oubl

eM

88

63/

812

121/

2

23, 8

4,95

, 135

, 309

1811

/16

L320

9H

exM

99

77/

1615

155/

8

29, 3

5, 5

1,52

, 86,

121,

152,

175,

221,

234

193/

4L3

218

M10

108

1/2

1818

3/4

47, 5

7,17

011

7/16

L322

2S

DM

1111

99/

1621

217/

8

69, 3

13, 3

17, 3

79*1

31/

2L3

201

Sur

face

M12

1210

5/8

2424

1

74, 1

56, 1

64, 2

14, 2

61, 2

65, 2

7418

11/1

6L3

211

Driv

eM

1313

1111

/16

2727

11/

16

79, 8

2,10

3,16

7*1

31/

2L3

202

M14

1412

3/4

3030

11/

8

80, 1

05, 1

83, 2

5710

3/8

L322

3F

LM

1515

1313

/16

3333

11/

4

89, 1

30, 1

39, 1

40, 1

85, 2

31, 2

33*1

4*9

/16

L320

5F

ast

M16

1614

7/8

3636

13/

8

99, 1

16, 1

66, 1

71, 2

0627

11/

16L3

267

Lead

M17

1715

15/1

639

391

1/2

145,

148

*13

1/2

L322

6M

1818

161

4242

15/

8

147,

32, 7

5,91

, 92,

132,

136,

137,

138,

182

117/

16L3

282

M19

1917

11/

1645

451

3/4

184,

190,

202,

208,

209,

211,

212,

213,

266

12or

*13

only

1/2

only

L328

1M

2020

4848

17/

8

267,

270,

288,

300,

302,

303,

305

13or

*13

only

1/2

only

L328

3M

2121

5151

2

TH

RU

HE

XS

OC

KE

TS

131/

2L3

392

M22

22

176,

223

*13

1/2

L320

3M

2323

160

*13

1/2

L322

8M

2424

200

193/

4L3

220

M25

25

203

165/

8L3

221

M26

26

216

*13

1/2

L322

5M

2727

246

, 297

*14

*9/1

6L3

256

252,

346

*13

1/2

L323

3

264

, 129

, 304

2415

/16

L325

9

TH

RU

HE

XS

OC

KE

TS

2415

/16

L326

0

CA

TALO

GH

EA

DS

INB

OLD

*Sin

gle

hex

type

"SH

"no

t ava

ilabl

efo

rsi

zes

M13

and

larg

er.

Flu

shS

ock

ets

Exa

mp

les:

A19

So

cket

175/

820

D22

2300

A#8

crow

foot

head

requ

ires

a3/

8in

surf

ace

driv

eso

cket

with

a1

inex

tens

ion.

Soc

ketP

artN

umbe

r

A22

So

cket

193/

420

D11

5100

Sel

ect t

heH

EA

D(L

3224

),T

YP

E(S

D),

SIZ

E(6

)an

dE

XT

EN

SIO

N(2

4)H

EA

D/T

YP

E/S

IZE

/EX

TE

NS

ION

A26

So

cket

227/

820

D11

6600

Writ

eth

eS

ocke

tPar

tNum

ber

with

the

(/)

sepa

ratin

gea

chnu

mbe

rL

3224

/SD

/6/2

4

A#3

46tu

benu

thea

dre

quire

sa

10m

mhe

xso

cket

with

ast

anda

rdex

tens

ion.

Soc

ketP

artN

umbe

r

Sel

ect t

heH

EA

D(L

3233

),T

YP

E(S

H),

SIZ

E(M

10)

and

EX

TE

NS

ION

(0)

HE

AD

/TY

PE

/SIZ

E/E

XT

EN

SIO

N

Writ

eth

eS

ocke

tPar

tNum

ber

with

the

(/)

sepa

ratin

gea

chnu

mbe

rL

3233

/SH

/M10

/0

LE

NG

TH

So

cket

Par

tN

um

ber

Max

Hex

Siz

e

ME

TR

ICS

IZE

INC

HS

IZE

Page 70:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Hold & Drive Lever (11 to 380 Nm)Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.

See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

See p 37 - 39 for Hold & Drive Options.

H18 OutputTwo Handed Operation Options20K400000 (E23/33 Models)

L

H

R

H22 Output Two Handed Operation Options20K400001 (E34/44 Models)

L

H

R

H

R

35www.StanleyAssembly.com0808

Rated

Speed Output

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

E23LH18V1-35 345 11 - 35 8 - 26 17.5 0.69 109 4.28 464 18.3 2 4.5 1" Tang

E33LH18V1-46 750 14 - 46 10 - 34 17.5 0.69 109 4.28 464 18.3 2.2 4.9 1" Tang

E23LH18V2-35 345 11 - 35 8 - 26 17.5 0.69 142 5.58 464 18.3 2.1 4.6 2" Tang

E33LH18V2-46 750 14 - 46 10 - 34 17.5 0.69 142 5.58 464 18.3 2.3 5 2" Tang

Rear Facing Lever 20D124600 1" Retraction H18 Bit Holder Head Add E4 to Model# 4" Extension

Handle Options 20D124601 2" Retraction H18 Bit Holder Head Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension

20H100005 Front Facing Lever E23/33 Add E10 to Model# 10" Extension

20H207207 Rubber Grip (Rear facing lever) 20K101400 Swivel Bail E23/33 Example: E23LH18V1-35E4

A3061 Wire Bail

20M102600 E3L Cooling Fan Kit 20K101800 E23L, E33L

Add HD High Duty Cycle Motor Example: E23LH18V1-35HD

Mounting Options

Headlight Kit

"R" Side

to Center

"H" Head

Height

"L"

Length Weight

H18 Output Options

E3_L Motor Options

Standard Configuration Gearcase Extensions

Torque

Range

Rated

Speed Output

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

E34LH22V1-110 300 33 - 110 24 - 81 22 0.88 118 4.65 530 20.9 3.4 7.5 1" Tang

E34LH22V1-66 535 20 - 66 16 - 48.5 22 0.88 118 4.65 530 20.9 3.4 7.5 1" Tang

E34LN22V1-110 300 33 - 110 24 - 81 22 0.88 99 3.88 530 20.9 3.4 7.5 1" Tang

E34LN22V1-66 535 20 - 66 16 - 48.5 22 0.88 99 3.88 530 20.9 3.4 7.5 1" Tang

E34LH22V2-110 300 33 - 110 24 - 81 22 0.88 144 5.68 530 20.9 3.5 7.6 2" Tang

E34LH22V2-66 535 20 - 66 16 - 48.5 22 0.88 144 5.68 530 20.9 3.5 7.6 2" Tang

E44LH22V1-110 480 33 - 110 24 - 81 22 0.88 144 4.65 539 21.2 3.8 8.3 1" Tang

E44LH22V1-66 680 20 - 66 16 - 48.5 22 0.88 144 4.65 539 21.2 3.8 8.3 1" Tang

E44LN22V1-110 480 33 - 110 24 - 81 22 0.88 99 3.88 539 21.2 3.8 8.3 1" Tang

E44LN22V1-66 680 20 - 66 16 - 48.5 22 0.88 99 3.88 539 21.2 3.8 8.3 1" Tang

E44LH22V2-110 480 33 - 110 24 - 81 22 0.88 144 5.68 539 21.2 3.8 8.4 2" Tang

E44LH22V2-66 680 20 - 66 16 - 48.5 22 0.88 144 5.68 539 21.2 3.8 8.4 2" Tang

Standard Configuration Gearcase Extensions

Rear Facing Lever Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for E34/44 Models 20K200000 Swivel Bail E34/44

20K100000 Reaction Bar Steel Add E8 to Model# 8" Extension for E34/44 Models 20K100500 Base Mount 34/44

Handle Options Add E10 to Model# 10" Extension for E34/44 Models 20K100300 Flange Mount 34/44

20H100105 Front Facing Lever E44/45/55 Example: E34LH22-110E6H22 Output Options

20H207207 Rubber Grip (Rear facing lever) E3_L Motor Options 20D103202 1" Retraction H22 Bit Holder Head

Vinyl Head Cover Options 20M102600 E3L Cooling Fan Kit 20D103204 2" Retraction H22 Bit Holder Head

20D250708 H22 Add HD High Duty Cycle Motor N22 Output Options

Example: E34LH22V1-110HD 20D131300 1" Retraction N22 Bit Holder Head

20D103214 2" Retraction N22 Bit Holder Head

Mounting Options

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"H" Head

Height

"L"

Length Weight

Page 71:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

L

H

R

Hold & Drive Lever (11 to 380 Nm)

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.

See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

See p 37 - 39 for Hold & Drive Options.

N26

H26 & H32 Outputs

Two Handed Operation Options20K4000002 (E45/55 Models)

R

H

36 www.StanleyAssembly.com 0508

Rated

Speed Output

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Standard

E45LH26V1-143 330 43 - 143 32 - 105 26 1.02 114 4.62 582 22.9 4.8 10.6 1" Tang

E45LH26V1-191 265 57 - 191 42 - 141 26 1.02 114 4.62 582 22.9 4.8 10.6 1" Tang

E45LN26V1-143 330 43 - 143 32 - 105 26 1.02 96 3.8 582 22.9 4.8 10.6 1" Tang

E45LN26V1-191 265 57 - 191 42 - 141 26 1.02 96 3.8 582 22.9 4.8 10.6 1" Tang

E45LH26V2-143 330 43 - 143 32 - 105 26 1.02 140 5.65 582 22.9 4.9 10.7 2" Tang

E45LH26V2-191 265 57 - 191 42 - 141 26 1.02 140 5.65 582 22.9 4.9 10.7 2" Tang

E55LH26V1-210 385 63 - 210 47 - 155 26 1.02 114 4.62 632 24.9 5.4 11.9 1" Tang

E55LH26V1-95 880 29 - 95 21 - 70 26 1.02 114 4.62 632 24.9 5.4 11.9 1" Tang

E55LN26V1-210 385 63 - 210 47 - 155 26 1.02 96 3.8 632 24.9 5.4 11.9 1" Tang

E55LN26V1-95 880 29 - 95 21 - 70 26 1.02 96 3.8 632 24.9 5.4 11.9 1" Tang

E55LH26V2-210 385 63 - 210 47 - 155 26 1.02 140 5.65 632 24.9 5.5 12 2" Tang

E55LH26V2-95 880 29 - 95 21 - 70 26 1.02 140 5.65 632 24.9 5.5 12 2" Tang

E55LH32V1-320 250 96 - 320 71 - 236 32 1.25 155 6.1 639 25.1 6.1 13.5 1" Tang

E55LH32V1-380 200 114 - 380 84 - 280 32 1.25 155 6.1 639 25.1 6.1 13.5 1" Tang

E55LH32V2-320 250 96 - 320 71 - 236 32 1.25 180 7.1 639 25.1 6.2 13.6 2" Tang

E55LH32V2-380 200 114 - 380 84 - 280 32 1.25 180 7.1 639 25.1 6.2 13.6 2" Tang

Standard Configuration Gearcase Extensions Mounting Options

Rear Facing Lever Add E6 to Model# 6" Extension for E45/55 Models 20K200100 Swivel Bail E45/55

20K100200 Reaction Bar Steel Add E9 to Model# 9" Extension for E45/55 Models 20K100700 Flange Mount 45/55

Handle Options Add E12 to Model# 12" Extension for E45/55 Models 20K100600 Base Mount 45/55

20H100105 Front Facing Lever E44/45/55 Example: E45LH26-143E6

20H207207 Rubber Grip (Rear facing lever) 20D250709 H26

H26 Output Options H32 Output Options 20D250710 H32

20D103602 1" Retraction H26 Bit Holder Head 20D103702 1" Retraction H32 Bit Holder Head

20D103604 2" Retraction H26 Bit Holder Head 20D103704 2" Retraction H32 Bit Holder Head

20D127100 1" Retraction N26 Bit Holder Head Add HD High Duty Cycle Motor Example: E45LH26V-143HD

N26 Output Options E4_L/E5_L Motor Options

Vinyl Head Cover Options

Weight

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"H" Head

Height

"L"

Length

Page 72:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Hold & Drive H22 & H26 Tang Holder OptionsSelect a Tang Holder for H22 & H26 ModelsNOTE: Minimum socket size for each holder.See p 39 for H22 & H26 Sockets.See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

37www.StanleyAssembly.com0508

H18 Rectangular Tang Holders [Minimum Socket size]

20D261700 6mm X 8mm [14mm, 9/16"] 20D261701 5mm X 7.5mm [14mm, 9/16"]

N22 Tang Holders [Minimum Socket size] N26 Tang Holders [Minimum Socket size]

20D264400 8mm Hex [17mm, 11/16"] 20D258200 8mm Hex Ext [17mm, 11/16"]

20D258201 8.7mm X 11mm [17mm, 11/16"]

H22 & H26 Hex Tang Holders [Minimum Socket size]

L4106 11/32" [17mm, 11/16"] 20D214301 8mm Surface [17mm, 11/16"] J4043 10mm Left Hd Fast L [17mm, 11/16"]

N4927 11/32" X 1-1/2 Ext [17mm,11/16"] H4372 8mm X 1" Ext [17mm, 11/16"] N4189 10mm X 1.531" Ext [17mm, 11/16"]

H4210 0.340" [17mm, 11/16"] H4888 8mm X 8" Ext [17mm, 11/16"] F4600 10mm X 13mm [19mm, 3/4"]

L4373 3/8" [17mm, 11/16"] J4382 8mm X 10mm Ext [17mm, 11/16"] H4960 10mm X 32mm Ext [17mm, 11/16"]

N4758 5mm [14mm, 9/16"] L4848 8mm X 19mm Ext [17mm, 11/16"] A6233 10mm X 75mm Ext [17mm, 11/16"]

20D242700 5mm X 6.33mm [12.5mm, 1/2"] L4784 8mm X 80mm Ext [17mm, 11/16"] N4575 10mm X 1/4" Ext [17mm, 11/16"]

N4192 6mm [14mm, 9/16"] F4636 8.5mm [17mm, 11/16"] N4712 10mm X 3-1/8" Ext [17mm, 11/16"]

J4586 7mm [12mm, 1/2"] L4005 9mm [17mm, 11/16"] H4906 10.2mm X 11.5mm [19mm, 3/4"]

20D246900 7mm Surface [14mm 9/16"] L4694 9mm Surface Drive [17mm, 11/16"] L4803 11mm [17mm, 11/16"]

H4161 7mm X 1" Ext [12.5mm, 1/2"] H4499 9mm X 46mm Ext [17mm, 11/16"] 20D214300 11mm Surface [17mm, 11/16"]

A6003 7mm X 6" Ext [12.5mm, 1/2"] F4406 10mm [17mm, 11/16"] 20S200602 11.28 Double Hex Tang Holder

J4456 8mm [14mm, 9/16"] H4877 10mm Fast Lead [17mm, 11/16"] H4874 12mm [19mm, 3/4"]

F4573 8mm (5/16) [17mm, 11/16"] 20D222700 10mm X 6" Ext [17mm, 11/16"] N4064 14mm Double End [16mm, 5/8"]

J4178 1/4" X 5/16" [14mm 9/16"] L4978 6.3mm X 9.8mm [14mm, 17/32"] N4749 8 X 10 X 80mm Ext (0.7 OD) [18,11/16"]

N4826 1/4" X 7/16" [15mm 19/32"] N4834 6.3 X 9.8 X 37mm Ext [14mm,17/32"] N4752 8 X 10 X 157mm Ext (0.7 OD) [18,11/16"]

F4673 .390" X .529" [17mm 11/16"] F4718 6.35mm X 8mm [15mm, 19/32"] L4117 8.2mm X 9.8mm [17mm, 11/16"]

H4475 4mm X 6mm [12mm 1/2"] J4214 6.3 X 8mm X 1/2" Ext [15mm, 19/32"] L4869 8.2 X 9.8 X 80mm Ext [17mm,11/16"]

A6005 4.4mm X 8mm [17mm 11/16"] H4883 6.3 X 8mm X 3/8" Ext [15mm, 19/32"] J4302 8.5mm X 10.5mm [17mm, 11/16"]

H4857 5mm X 7.5mm [12mm 1/2"] H4858 6.35mm X 8.12mm [16mm, 5/8"] J4296 8.5 X 10.5 X 16mm [17mm, 11/16"]

F4544 5mm X 8mm [17mm 11/16"] 20D215400 6.4mm X 8.4mm [17mm, 11/16"] H4905 8.7mm X 11mm X Std Ext [19mm, 3/4"]

L4019 5mm X 8mm [4mm 7/32"] F4870 6.7mm X 7mm [17mm, 11/16"] 20D226100 8.8mm X 9.8mm [17mm, 11/16"]

H4607 5.6mm X 9.8mm [14mm 9/16"] H4725 6.8mm X 8.25mm [17mm, 11/16"] J4990 8.9mm X 11.2mm X 80mm [19mm, 3/4"]

F4572 5.7mm X 8mm [12mm, 1/2"] N4587 7.2 X 9.2 X 80mm Ext [15mm, 19/32"] N4747 9 X 11.5 X 80mm Ext [19mm,3/4"]

H4840 5.7mm X 8mm [17mm, 11/16"] N4658 7.2mm X 9.2mm [15mm, 19/32"] H4578 9mm X 11mm [19mm, 3/4"]

J4830 5.7 X 8 X 1" Ext [15mm, 19/32"] F4975 7.2mm X 10.2mm [17mm, 11/16"] N4031 9mm X 12.5mm [19mm, 3/4"]

H4606 5.7 X 8 X 5mm Ext [12mm, 1/2"] H4064 7.2 X 10.2 X 30mm Ext [16mm,5/8"] N4130 9 X 12.5mm x 32mm Ext [19mm, 3/4"]

N4400 5.7 X 8 X 87mm Ext [15mm, 19/32"] H4829 7.3mm X 9.4mm [17mm, 11/16"] N4132 9 X 12.5mm X 102mm Ext [19mm, 3/4"]

L4524 5.77mm X 8mm [15mm, 19/32"] N4995 7.3 X 10 X 152mm Ext [17mm, 11/16"] N4030 9 X 12.5mm X 145mm Ext [19mm, 3/4"]

H4676 5.9mm X 6.8mm [14mm, 9/16"] N4133 7.6 X 10 x32mm Ext [17mm, 11/16"] N4131 9 X 12.5mm X 27mm Ext [19mm, 3/4"]

F4596 5.9mm X 8.1mm [12mm, 1/2"] N4994 7.6 X 10 x 152mm Ext [17mm,11/16"] N4384 9 X 12.5mm X 52mm Ext [19mm, 3/4"]

H4748 6 & 7 X 8.25mm Ext 2 Step [16mm, 5/8"] N4033 7.6 X 10 X 75mm Ext [17mm,11/16"] N4187 9 X 12.5mm X 62mm Ext [19mm, 3/4"]

L4544 6mm X 7.72mm [12mm, 1/2"] N4699 7.6 X 10 X 102mm Ext [12mm,1/2"] N4029 9 X 12.5mm X 70mm Ext [19mm, 3/4"]

N4716 6mm X 80mm Ext [14mm, 9/16"] N4697 7.6 X 10 X 182mm Ext [12mm,1/2"] N4032 9 X 12.5mmX 75mm Ext [19mm, 3/4"]

N4666 6mm X 8mm [15mm, 9/16"] F4287 7.7mm X 9.8mm [17mm, 11/16"] N4748 9 X 12.6mm X 157mm Ext [19mm, 3/4"]

L4644 6mm X 8mm [17mm, 11/16"] F4542 7.7 X 9.8 X 16mm Ext [17mm,11/16"] L4738 9.2 X 12.5 [19mm, 3/4"]

H4577 6mm X 8mm X 43mm Ext [16mm, 5/8"] N4621 7.7 X 9.8 X 30mm Ext [16mm,5/8"] H4448 9.2 X 12.5 [19mm, 3/4"]

H4593 6mm X 8mm X 47mm Ext [16mm, 5/8"] J4315 7.7 X 9.8mm X 80mm [17mm,11/16"] N4467 9.2 X 12.5 X 8.5mm Ext [19mm, 3/4"]

H4209 6mm X 10mm [16mm, 5/8"] J4317 7.7 X 9.8 X 157mm [17mm,11/16"] H4485 9.2 X 12.5 X 10mm Ext [19mm, 3/4"]

L4017 6mm X 10mm [17mm, 11/16"] N4921 7mm X 10mm [17mm, 11/16"] N4469 9.2 X 12.5 X 26.5mm Ext [18mm, 11/16"]

N4484 6mm X 13mm [16mm, 5/8"] H4761 7mm X 11mm [17mm, 11/16"] H4819 9.2 X 12.5 X 45mm Ext [19mm, 3/4"]

A6136 6.24mm X 7.5mm [17mm, 11/16"] H4488 8 X 10 X 10mm Ext [17mm, 11/16"] L4523 9.2 X 12.5 X 80mm Ext [19mm, 3/4"]

J4877 6.3mm X 7.5mm [17mm, 11/16"] H4958 8 X 10mm X 1-1/8" Ext [17mm,11/16"] H4484 9.2 X 12.5 X 155mm Ext [19mm, 3/4"]

N4413 6.3 X 8.0 X 32mm Ext [15mm, 19/32"] H4904 8 X 10.5mm X 8" Ext [17mm, 11/16"] N4151 9.2 X 12.5 X 157mm Ext [19mm, 3/4"]

H4489 6.3 X 8.7 X 80mm Ext [17mm,11/16"] J4785 8mm X 11mm [17mm, 11/16"] H4483 9.2 X 12.5 X 182mm Ext [19mm, 3/4"]

J4707 6.3mm X 9mm [17mm, 11/16"] H4176 8mm X 11mm/Lead [17mm, 11/16"] L4732 9.2 X 12.5 X 300mm Ext [19mm, 3/4"]

H4115 6.3mm X 9.3mm [17mm, 11/16"] N4483 8mm X 12mm [19mm, 3/4"] H4889 9.4mm X 11.3mm X [19mm, 3/4"]

J4314 9.75mm X 12mm [19mm, 3/4"]

H22 & H26 Rectangular Tang Holders [Minimum Socket size]

H22 & H26 Special Tang Holders [Minimum Socket size]

H4748 6 & 7 X 8.25mm Ext 2-Step [16mm, 5/8"] A6226 8mm Sq X 47mm Ext [17mm,11/16"] R8461. E12 Torx [17mm, 11/16"]

H4191 8mm Square [17mm, 11/16"] 20D226200 E8 Torx [17mm, 11/16"] H4373 E14 Torx [17mm, 11/16"]

Page 73:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Hold & Drive Options

H32 Hold & Drive Tang Holder Options

Typical TangOptions

Female Torx

Female Hex

Rectangular

Typical BitOptions

Male Torx

Male HexBolt/Tang

Nut

ReachTravel

A Tang holds the bolt whilethe nut is tightened

BoltNut

Reach

Travel

A Bit holds the bolt whilethe nut is tightened

Select a Bit Holder for H22, H26 & H32 Models

NOTE:Select a 1/4” or 5/16” Bit Holder.

Minimum socket size for each holder.See p 39 for H22 & H26 Sockets.See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

Select a Bit Holder for H32 Models

NOTE:Select a Tang Holder.

Minimum socket size for each holder.See p 39 for H22 & H26 Sockets.See p 47 to select Cables and Controllers.

Tang holder

MinimumSocket Size toclear holder

Bit holder

MinimumSocket Size toclear holder

Bit

Hold & Drive Bit and Holder Options

NOTE: The bolt can extend beyondthe nut no more than the specifiedTravel distance when tightened.

1/4" Bits

A6178 5/32" Hex

A6179 3/16" Hex

A6453 1/4" Hex

N4451 5/16" Hex

H4533 5/16" Screw

L4898 4mm Hex

F4361 5mm Hex

H4909 7mm Hex

N4991 8mm Hex

H4436 Blade (1/4" X 0.038")

H4280 T15 Torx

A6134 T27 Torx

20D240600 T-45 Torx

H22 & H26 1/4" Bit Holders [Min Socket size]

20D215200 1/4" Hex [12mm 7/16"]

F4360 1/4" Hex [13mm (½")]

A6181 1/4" Hex X 1/4" Ext [12mm 7/16"]

A6182 1/4" Hex X 1/4" Ext [13mm 1/2"]

A6452 1/4" Hex, 1 5/8" [12mm 7/16"]

38 www.StanleyAssembly.com 0508

H32 Tang Holders [Minimum Socket size]

A5384 9 X 12.5 X 80mm Ext A5585 10.32 X 13.1mm Rect [22mm,7/8] 20D212203 12mm Hex SqDr

A5559 8mm Hex [19mm, 3/4] A5400 11mm Fast Lead [19mm, 3/4] 20D212202 13mm Hex

A5399 10mm Fast Lead [19mm, 3/4] A5394 11mm Hex 20D230100 24mm X 15/16" Surface Drive

A5301 10mm Hex [19mm, 3/4] A5453 11mm X 1/4" Ext Fast Ld [19mm, 3/4] 20D235000 34mm Hex

A5452 10mm Hex X 1/4" Ext [19mm, 3/4] A5549 11mm X 1/4" Ext Surface [22mm,7/8] 20D226700 36mm Hex

A5581 10mm Surface Drive [19mm, 3/4] 20D212201 12mm Hex A5340 E-18 Torx [21mm, 13/16]

H18 1/4" Bit Holder [Min Socket size] H18 5/16" Bit Holder [Min Socket size]

20D254200 1/4" Hex [13mm (½")] 20D253400 5/16" Hex [14mm 9/16"]

N22 & N26 5/16" Bit Holders [Minimum Socket size]

20D264300 N22 [20mm 13/16"] 20D258100 N26 [20mm 13/16"]

H22 & H26 5/16" Bit Holders [Minimum Socket size]

S7750 5/16" Hex [14mm 9/16"] H4897 5/16" Hex X 60mm Ext [17mm 11/16"]

A6193 5/16" Hex [16mm 5/8"] N4670 5/16" Hex X 80mm Ext [17mm 11/16"]

F4288 5/16" Hex [ 17mm 11/16"] 20D226900 5/16" X 1" Ext [17mm 11/16"]

A6183 5/16" Hex X 1/4" Ext [17mm 11/16"] 20D233100 5/16" X 3" Ext [17mm 11/16"]

N4631 5/16" Hex X 31mm Ext [17mm 11/16"] 20D247200 5/16" X 175mm Ext [17mm 11/16"]

H32 5/16" Bit Holder H32 7/16" Bit Holder

A5307 5/16" Hex [ 19mm 3/4"] A5723 7/16" Hex [ 19mm 3/4"]

7/16" Bits

A5724 14mm Hex

A6180 7/32" Hex A6207 6mm X 5mm Rectangular

A5668 1/4" Hex F4296 7mm Hex

20D246700 5/16" Slotted Hex F4513 8mm Hex

A5666 3/8" Hex H4223 9mm Hex

J4850 7/8" Hex L4259 10mm Hex

F4866 #2 Blade A6341 T30 Hex

F4380 5mm Hex X4198 T30 Torx

F4399 6mm Hex A6373 T40 Torx

A6206 6mm Square A6403 T50 Torx

5/16" Bits

Page 74:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

QPM Hold & Drive Socket Options

H22 Hex Sockets 30mm OD (1.2")

A6185 1/2" H4747 14mm 20D245501 16mm X 200mm Ext

N4617 5/8" (16mm) A6451 14mm X 1 Ext H4270 17mm

N4620 5/8" (16mm) X 30mm Ext 20D215100 14mm X 2-5/8" Ext N4619 18mm

A6184 7/16" N4665 15mm 20D227000 18mm X 1" Ext

N4746 3/4" (19mm) H4597 15mm X 1/2"/Access Hole N4746 19mm (3/4")

N4884 9/16" A6282 15mm X 1.0" Ext N4793 21mm

A6186 7/8" (22mm) A6002 15mm X 6" Ext 20D222600 21mm X 6.00" Ext

H4600 7/8" (22mm) X 1-1/8" Ext N4617 16mm (5/8") H4600 22mm (7/8") X 1-1/8" Ext

20D235100 11/16" N4620 16mm (5/8") X 30mm Ext A6261 24mm

20S202000 1" 20D245500 16mm Hex X 60mm Ext 20D222903 24mm X 1/2" Ext

H22 Hex Surface Sockets 30mm OD (1.2")

H4435 13mm

A6200 15mm

N4750 17mm

H4651 17mm X 1-1/8" Ext

H4036 18mm

20D233000 18mm X 3" Ext

H4038 18 X 18 Dp X 42mm Ext

H4500 18 X 46mm

H4595 21mm

H4037 21 X 18 Dp X 42mm Ext

20D222000 21 X 80mm Ext Surface

H26 Hex Sockets 33mm OD (1.3")

J4090 5/8" (16mm) J4213 15mm X 1/2" Ext H4886 18mm X 8" Ext N4337 21mm X 8mm Ext

L4535 5/8" (16mm) X 10mm Ext J4829 15mm X 1" Ext L4646 18mm X 19mm (3/4") Ext N4466 21mm X 8.5mm Ext

NA (3/4") See 19mm J4090 16mm (5/8") N4468 18mm X 26.5mm Ext H4629 21mm X 52mm Ext

NA (7/8") See 22mm L4535 16mm (5/8") X 10mm Ext H4628 18mm X 32mm (1-1/4") Ext N4382 21mm X 57mm Ext

F4571 9/16" F4285 17mm N4698 18mm X 107mm Ext 20D232600 21mm X 80mm Ext

J4708 9/16" X 1/2 Ext J4304 17mm (Special OD) N4696 18mm X 187mm Ext L4733 21mm X 300mm Ext

L4116 11/16" H4959 17mm X 1-1/8" Ext F4294 19mm (3/4") F4487 22mm (7/8")

L4525 11/16" X 36mm Ext N4975 17mm X 10mm Ext L4886 19mm(3/4") X 3/8" Ext Sp OD A6216 22mm (7/8") Special OD

A6270 15/16" Hex J4467 17mm X 19mm (3/4") Ext L4119 19mm (3/4") X 1.135" OD L4372 22mm (7/8") X 52mm Ext

NA (15/16") See 24mm H4781 17mm X 36mm Ext F4653 19mm (3/4") X 10mm J4989 22mm (7/8") X 80mm Ext

F4867 1-1/16" (27mm) N4398 17mm X 87mm Ext F4541 19mm (3/4") X 16mm Ext 20D232601 23mm Hex A40LA3H

L4897 12mm F4635 18mm J4316 19mm (3/4") X 80mm Ext F4512 24mm (15/16")

F4359 14mm N4457 18mm X 1/4" Ext J4318 19mm (3/4") X 157mm Ext H4820 24mm (15/16") X 45mm Ext

A6231 14mm Double L4118 18mm X 1/4" Ext Spec OD N4177 20mm L4663 24mm X 10mm Ext

F4717 15mm L4556 18mm X 1 1/2" Ext F4401 21mm F4867 27mm (1-1/16")

N4825 15mm (Use/N4826 sp OD) N4711 18mm X 3-1/8" Ext N4188 21mm X 1.531" Ext L4622 30mm (1-3/16")

H26 Hex Surface Sockets 33mm OD (1.3")

A6137 10mm H4487 18mm X 10mm N4036 21mm N4137 21mm X 107mm Ext

J4662 15mm H4040 18 X 12mm Dp X 28mm Ext A6467 21mm X 2" Ext N4035 21mm X 150 Ext

N4412 15mm X 37mm Ext N4134 18mm X 37mm Ext 20D226300 21mm X 8.5mm Ext H4447 21mm X 155mm Ext

N4582 15mm X 80mm Ext L4067 18mm X 80mm Ext H4486 21mm X 10mm N4150 21mm X 157mm Ext

J4398 17mm N4715 18mm X 80mm Ext 1.10" OD H4039 21 X 15mm Dp X 28mm Ext H4366 21mm X 182mm

H4576 17mm X 1.5" Ext L4426 18mm X 80mm Ext 1.14" OD N4136 21mm X 32mm (1-1/4") Ext N4440 22mm (7/8")

H4594 17mm X 1-5/8" Ext L4073 18mm X 157mm Ext N4135 21mm X 37mm Ext A6228 22mm (7/8") X 1/4" Ext

H4409 17mm X 37mm Ext L4474 19mm (3/4") N4186 21mm X 67mm L4557 22mm (7/8") X 10mm

H4177 18mm F4869 19mm (3/4") X 7mm N4034 21mm X 75mm N4439 24mm

H4612 18mm Over Size J4381 19mm (3/4") X 18mm Ext N4149 21 X 80mm Ext 1.215" OD 20D213700 24mm X 8" Ext

A6215 18mm X 1-1/2" Ext A6474 19mm Hex X 46mm Ext L4068 21mm X 80mm Ext

H26 Hex Fast Lead Sockets 33mm OD (1.3")

J4457 14mm N4926 18mm L4868 19mm (3/4") J4607 22mm (7/8")

J4608 17mm N4925 18mm X 1-1/2" Ext J4044 21mm

H32 Hex Socket 1" Travel Options 49mm OD (1.93") H32 Hex Socket 2" Travel Options

A5667 1 1/8" A5306 30mm (1-3/16") A5303 21mm A5316 30mm (1-3/16")

A5302 21mm A5726 36mm A5383 22mm (7/8") A5339 31mm

20D212101 24mm (15/16") A5722 41mm A5393 24mm (15/16") A5718 46mm

20D212102 27mm (1-1/16")

39www.StanleyAssembly.com0508

H18 Hex Sockets 25.4mm OD (1")

20D253602 14mm X 5mm Ext 20D253600 14mm, 21mm (0.825) OD 20D253601 16mm

20D253605 14mm X 6mm Ext 20D253604 15mm 20D253603 17mm

20D253606 18mm

N22 Hex Sockets 46mm OD (1.825") N26 Hex Sockets 49mm OD (1-15/16")

20D264600 18mm 20D258000 18mm Surface

20D258001 21mm

Page 75:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

25.4 mm Ø(1.0 in Ø)

13 mm Ø(0.5 in Ø)

R

13 mm (0.5 in) Mounting PlateSupplied By Customer

L

91 mm(3.59 in)

121 mm(4.77 in)

READ INSTRUCTIONS

25.4 mm Ø(1.0 in Ø)

13 mm Ø(0.5 in Ø)

R

13 mm (0.5 in) Mounting PlateSupplied By Customer

L

101.6 mm(4.0 in)

130.7 mm(5.1 in)

READ INSTRUCTIONS

Front Removable Only

Straight Retractable (2.5 to 2005 Nm) Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

40 www.StanleyAssembly.com 0808

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction SD

E23MBF1-8 2245 2.5 - 8 2 - 6 29 1.13 457 18 2.1 4.6

E23MBF1-21 785 6 - 21 5 - 15.5 29 1.13 470 18.5 2.3 5

E23MBF1-31 540 9 - 31 7 - 23 29 1.13 470 18.5 2.3 5

E33MBF1-32 1125 10 - 32 7 - 24 29 1.13 495 19.5 2.4 5.3

E33MBF1-40 890 12 - 40 9 - 30 29 1.13 495 19.5 2.4 5.3

E23MBF2-8 2245 2.5 - 8 2 - 6 29 1.13 547 21.5 2.2 4.8

E23MBF2-21 785 6 - 21 5 - 15.5 29 1.13 561 22.1 2.4 5.4

E23MBF2-31 540 9 - 31 7 - 23 29 1.13 561 22.1 2.4 5.4

E33MBF2-32 1125 10 - 32 7 - 24 29 1.13 587 23.1 2.5 5.6

E33MBF2-40 890 12 - 40 9 - 30 29 1.13 587 23.1 2.5 5.6

Standard Output

3/8"

50mm (2") 3/8"

19mm

(3/4")

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"L"

Length Weight

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction SD

E23MBF1-8F 2245 2.5 - 8 2 - 6 23.6 0.93 457 18 2.1 4.6

E23MBF1-21F 785 6 - 21 5 - 15.5 23.6 0.93 469 18.5 2.3 5

E23MBF1-31F 540 9 - 31 7 - 23 23.6 0.93 469 18.5 2.3 5

E33MBF1-32F 1125 10 - 32 7 - 24 23.6 0.93 495 19.5 2.4 5.3

E33MBF1-40F 890 12 - 40 9 - 30 23.6 0.93 495 19.5 2.4 5.3

E23MBF2-8F 2245 2.5 - 8 2 - 6 23.6 0.93 547 21.5 2.3 5.1

E23MBF2-21F 785 6 - 21 5 - 15.5 23.6 0.93 561 22.1 2.5 5.6

E23MBF2-31F 540 9 - 31 7 - 23 23.6 0.93 561 22.1 2.5 5.6

E33MBF2-32F 1125 10 - 32 7 - 24 23.6 0.93 587 23.1 2.6 5.8

E33MBF2-40F 890 12 - 40 9 - 30 23.6 0.93 587 23.1 2.6 5.8

MBF1 Output Options

S3362 3/8" SD X 1 5/32" Ext M3239 3/8" SD X 3" Ext S3626 3/8" SD X 7 3/8" Ext

M3243 3/8" SD X 1.478" Ext M3223 3/8" SD X 4" Ext M3216 3/8" SD X 8" Ext

S3363 3/8" SD X 2 3/8" Ext S3486 3/8" SD X 4-1/16" Ext M3118 3/8"-24 Threaded

M3090 3/8" SD X 2" Ext M3224 3/8" SD X 6" Ext M3227 3/8"-24 X 3/4" Ext Threaded

M3184 19mm Heavy Duty Retraction Spring 20S104600 3/8" SD X 8" Ext Ass'y

MBF2 Output Options

20D209805 3/8" SD X 1" Ext 20D209801 3/8" SD X 3" Ext M3306 50mm (2") Heavy Duty Retraction Spring

20D209807 3/8" SD X 2" Ext M3283 3/8" SD X 6" Ext

50mm (2") 3/8"

Standard Output

3/8"19mm

(3/4")

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"L"

Length Weight

Page 76:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

R

35 mm Ø(1.375 in Ø)

18 mm Ø(0.71 in Ø)

13 mm (0.5 in) min. Mounting PlateSupplied By Customer

L

9.5 mm(0.375 in)

114 mm(4.5 in)

141 mm(5.55 in)

READ INSTRUCTIONS

Front or Rear Removable

R

16 mm (0.63 in) min Mounting PlateSupplied By Customer

153 mm(6.04 in)

182 mm(7.15 in)

38 mm Ø(1.5 in Ø)

22.4 mm Ø(0.875 in Ø)

L

Rear Removable Only

READ INSTRUCTIONS

Straight Retractable Motors (2.5 to 2005 Nm)

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

41www.StanleyAssembly.com0508

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction SD

E34MB1F1-60 605 18 - 60 13 - 44 28 1.1 531 20.9 3.5 7.7

E34MB1F1-74 490 22 - 74 17 - 55 28 1.1 531 20.9 3.5 7.7

E34MB1F1-100 365 30 - 100 22 - 74 28 1.1 531 20.9 3.5 7.7

E44MB1F1-66 885 20 - 66 15 - 49 31 1.2 540 21.3 4 8.9

E44MB1F1-100 590 30 - 100 22 - 74 31 1.2 540 21.3 4 8.9

E34MB1F2-60 605 18 - 60 13 - 44 28 1.1 616 24.3 3.5 7.7

E34MB1F2-74 490 22 - 74 17 - 55 28 1.1 616 24.3 3.5 7.7

E34MB1F2-100 365 30 - 100 22 - 74 28 1.1 616 24.3 3.5 7.6

E44MB1F2-66 885 20 - 66 15 - 49 31 1.2 625 21.3 4 8.9

E44MB1F2-100 590 30 - 100 22 - 74 31 1.2 625 21.3 4 8.9

MB1F1 Output Options

20D101603 1/2" SD X 3" Ext 20D101604 1/2" SD X 5" Ext 20D101605 1/2" SD X 7 5/16" Ext

20D101608 1/2" SD X 4" Ext 20D101606 1/2" SD X 6" Ext 20D101609 1/2" SD X 8" Ext

20R201401 25mm (1") Heavy Duty Retraction Spring 20D101607 1/2" SD X 11" Ext

MB1F2 Output Options

20D101602 1/2" SD Ball Ret M6011 1/2" SD X 3" Ext

20R201402 50mm (2") Heavy Duty Retraction Spring M4888 1/2" SD X 5" Ext

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"L"

Length Weight

1/2"

1/2"25mm (1")

50mm (2")

Standard Output

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction SD

E45MB2F1-160 345 48 - 160 35 - 118 32 1.25 621 24.5 5.6 12.4

E55MB2F1-127 715 38 - 127 28 - 94 32 1.25 649 25.6 6.2 13.7

E55MB2F1-200 475 60 - 200 44 - 147 32 1.25 649 25.6 6.2 13.7

E45MB2F2-160 345 48 - 160 35 - 118 32 1.25 672 26.5 5.6 12.4

E55MB2F2-127 715 38 - 127 28 - 94 32 1.25 680 27.6 6.2 13.7

E55MB2F2-200 475 60 - 200 44 - 147 32 1.25 680 27.6 6.2 13.7

MB2F2 Output Options

20R201408 25mm Heavy Duty Spring 20R201410 50mm Heavy Duty Retraction Spring

20D102912 5/8" SD X 2" Ext 20D102907 5/8" SD Pin Ret X 1 1/8" Ext 20D102908 5/8" SD Pin Ret X 12" Ext

20D102913 5/8" SD X 6" Ext 20D102903 5/8" SD Pin Ret X 4" Ext 20D102909 5/8" SD Ball Ret X 12" Ext

20D102905 5/8" SD Ball Ret X 4" Ext

MB2F1 Output Options

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"L"

Length Weight Standard Output

5/8"

25mm (1")

50mm (2")

5/8"

Page 77:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

50.8 mm Ø(2.0 in Ø)

R

16 mm (0.63 in) min Mounting PlateSupplied By Customer

25.4 mm Ø(1.0 in Ø)

148.5 mm(5.8 in)

176 mm(6.94 in)

L

Front or Rear Removable

READ INSTRUCTIONS

63.5 mm Ø(2.5 in Ø)

16 mm (0.63 in) min Mounting PlateSupplied By Customer

Front or Rear Removable

35 mm Ø(1.375 in Ø)

147.8 mm [B3]; 190.5 mm [B4,B5](5.8 in) (7.5 in)

221 mm(8.7 in)

L

R

READ INSTRUCTIONS

Straight Retractable Motors (2.5 to 2005 Nm)

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

42 www.StanleyAssembly.com 0808

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction SD

E55MB4F1-471 185 141 - 471 104 - 347 44 1.7 814 32 17.2 38

E55MB4F1-623 140 187 - 623 138 - 459 44 1.7 814 32 17.2 38

E55MB5F1-1023 75 307 - 1023 226 - 754 48 1.9 859 33.8 18.3 40.2

E55MB5F1-1637 45 491 - 1637 362 - 1207 48 1.9 891 35 19.2 42.2

E55MB5F1-2005 35 602 - 2005 444 - 1479 48 1.9 891 35 19.2 42.2

E55MB4F2-471 185 141 - 471 104 - 347 44 1.7 928 36.5 17.5 38.5

E55MB4F2-623 140 187 - 623 138 - 459 44 1.7 928 36.5 17.5 38.5

E55MB5F2-1023 75 307 - 1023 226 - 754 48 1.9 964 37.9 18.6 41

E55MB5F2-1637 45 491 - 1637 362 - 1207 48 1.9 996 39.1 19.5 43

MB4/5F1 Output Options MB4F1 Output Options MB4/5F2 Output Options

20D208802 1" SD x 4" Ext 20D103503 1" SD Ball Retainer 20R206300 Heavy Duty Spring (39 lb)

20D121100 3/4" SD X 2" Ext 20D212501 1" SD x 2" Ext

20D212500 1" SD x 350 mm Ext

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"L"

Length Weight

50mm (2")

1"25mm (1")

Standard Output

1"

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction SD

E45MB3F1-250 220 75 - 250 55 - 184 34 1.34 628 24.7 7.1 15.6

E55MB3F1-250 380 75 - 250 55 - 184 34 1.34 656 25.8 7.7 17

E55MB3F1-322 230 97 - 322 71 - 237 34 1.34 734 28.9 11 24.4

E45MB3F2-250 220 75 - 250 55 - 184 34 1.34 707 27.9 7.3 16

E55MB3F2-250 380 75 - 250 55 - 184 34 1.34 735 29 7.9 17.5

E55MB3F2-322 230 97 - 322 71 - 237 34 1.34 813 32 11.3 25

MB3F1 Output Options MB3F2 Output Options

20R201404 25mm Heavy Duty Retraction Spring 20R201406 50mm Heavy Duty Retraction Spring

20D102106 3/4" SD X 6 in Ext 20D102105 3/4" SD X 2 in Ext

20D102306 3/4" SD Retractable Ball Retainer (-322 model)

Standard Output

50mm

(2")3/4”

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"L"

Length Weight

25mm

(1")3/4”

Page 78:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

70.2 mm(2.8 in)

13 mm (0.5 in) Mounting PlateSupplied by Customer

L

R 13 mm Ø(0.5 in Ø)

121 mm(4.76 in)91.2 mm

(3.6 in)60.2 mm(2.4 in)

READ INSTRUCTIONS

70.2 mm(2.8 in)

13 mm (0.5 in) Mounting PlateSupplied by Customer

L

R 13 mm Ø(0.5 in Ø)

121 mm(4.76 in) 91.2 mm

(3.6 in)60.2 mm(2.4 in)

READ INSTRUCTIONS

Front Removable Only

Offset Retractable Motors (2 to 225 Nm)

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

43www.StanleyAssembly.com0808

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction SD

E23MDF1-7 2245 2 - 7 105 - 5 13 0.5 457 18 2.4 5.2

E23MDF1-19 785 6 - 19 4 - 14 13 0.5 470 18.5 2.5 5.6

E23MDF1-27 540 8 - 27 6 - 20 13 0.5 470 18.5 2.5 5.6

E33MDF1-29 1125 9 - 29 6.5 - 21 13 0.5 496 19.5 2.7 5.9

E33MDF1-36 890 11 - 36 8 - 27 13 0.5 496 19.5 2.7 5.9

E23MDF2-7 2245 2 - 7 105 - 5 13 0.5 534 21.0 2.5 5.5

E23MDF2-19 785 6 - 19 4 - 14 13 0.5 549 21.6 2.6 5.9

E23MDF2-27 540 8 - 27 6 - 20 13 0.5 549 21.6 2.6 5.9

E33MDF2-29 1125 9 - 29 6.5 - 21 13 0.5 574 22.6 2.8 6.2

E33MDF2-36 890 11 - 36 8 - 27 13 0.5 574 22.6 2.8 6.2

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"L"

Length Weight

3/8"

Standard Output

50mm (2")

3/8"19mm

(3/4")

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction SD

E23MDF1-7F 2245 2 - 7 1.5 - 5 13 0.5 457 18 2.4 5.2

E23MDF1-19F 785 6 - 19 4 - 14 13 0.5 470 18.5 2.5 5.6

E23MDF1-27F 540 8 - 27 6 - 20 13 0.5 470 18.5 2.5 5.6

E33MDF1-29F 1125 9 - 29 6.5 - 21 13 0.5 496 19.5 2.7 5.9

E33MDF1-36F 890 11 - 36 8 - 27 13 0.5 496 19.5 2.7 5.9

E23MDF2-7F 2245 2 - 7 1.5 - 5 13 0.5 547 21.5 2.4 5.3

E23MDF2-19F 785 6 - 19 4 - 14 13 0.5 560 22 2.5 5.6

E23MDF2-27F 540 8 - 27 6 - 20 13 0.5 560 22 2.5 5.7

E33MDF2-29F 1125 9 - 29 6.5 - 21 13 0.5 585 23 2.7 6.0

E33MDF2-36F 890 11 - 36 8 - 27 13 0.5 585 23 2.7 6.0

MDF1 Output Options

S3362 3/8" SD X 1 5/32" Ext M3239 3/8" SD X 3" Ext S3626 3/8" SD X 7 3/8" Ext

M3243 3/8" SD X 1.478" Ext M3223 3/8" SD X 4" Ext M3216 3/8" SD X 8" Ext

S3363 3/8" SD X 2 3/8" Ext S3486 3/8" SD X 4-1/16" Ext M3118 3/8"-24 Threaded

M3090 3/8" SD X 2" Ext M3224 3/8" SD X 6" Ext M3227 3/8"-24 X 3/4" Ext Threaded

M3184 19mm Heavy Duty Retraction Spring 20S104600 3/8" SD X 8" Ext Ass'y

MDF2 Output Options

20D209805 3/8" SD X 1" Ext 20D209801 3/8" SD X 3" Ext M3306 50mm (2") Heavy Duty Retraction Spring

20D209807 3/8" SD X 2" Ext M3283 3/8" SD X 6" Ext

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"L"

Length Weight

50mm (2")

3/8"

3/8"

Standard Output

19mm

(3/4")

Page 79:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

13 mm (0.5 in) Mounting PlateSupplied By Customer

90.4 mm(3.6 in)

17 mm Ø(0.7 in Ø)

L

151 mm(5.95 in)

124 mm(4.87 in)

65 mm(2.6 in)

R

Front Removable Only

READ INSTRUCTIONS

22.2 mm(0.87 in)

16 mm (0.63 in) Mounting PlateSupplied By Customer

137.46 mm(5.4 in)

L166.1 mm(6.538 in)

R

114 mm(4.5 in)

80.8 mm(3.18 in)

Front Removable Only

Offset Retractable Motors (2 to 225 Nm)

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

44 www.StanleyAssembly.com 0808

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction SD

E34MD1F1-54 605 16 - 54 12 - 40 17 0.67 531 20.9 4.4 9.7

E34MD1F1-67 490 20 - 67 15 - 49 17 0.67 531 20.9 4.4 9.7

E34MD1F1-90 365 27 - 90 20 - 66 17 0.67 531 20.9 4.4 9.7

E44MD1F1-59 885 17.5 - 59 13 - 44 17 0.67 540 21.3 4.7 10.4

E44MD1F1-90 590 27 - 90 20 - 66 17 0.67 540 21.3 4.7 10.4

E34MD1F2-54 605 16 - 54 12 - 40 17 0.67 616 24.3 4.4 9.7

E34MD1F2-67 490 20 - 67 15 - 49 17 0.67 616 24.3 4.4 9.7

E34MD1F2-90 365 27 - 90 20 - 66 17 0.67 616 24.3 4.4 9.7

E44MD1F2-59 885 17.5 - 59 13 - 44 17 0.67 628 24.7 4.7 10.4

E44MD1F2-90 590 27 - 90 20 - 66 17 0.67 628 24.7 4.7 10.4

MD1F1 Output Options

20D101603 1/2" SD X 3" Ext 20D101606 1/2" SD X 6" Ext

20D101608 1/2" SD X 4" Ext 20D101605 1/2" SD X 7 5/16" Ext

20D101604 1/2" SD X 5" Ext 20D101609 1/2" SD X 8" Ext

20R201401 25mm (1") Heavy Duty Retraction Spring 20D101607 1/2" SD X 11" Ext

MD1F2 Output Options

20D101602 1/2" SD Ball Ret M6011 1/2" SD X 3" Ext

20R201402 50mm (2") Heavy Duty Retraction Spring M4888 1/2" SD X 5" Ext

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"L"

Length Weight

1/2"

1/2"50mm (2")

25mm (1")

Standard Output

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction SD

E45MD2F1-144 345 43 - 144 32 - 106 19 0.75 605 23.8 8 17.5

E55MD2F1-114 715 34 - 114 25 - 84 19 0.75 633 24.9 8.3 18.2

E55MD2F1-180 475 54 - 180 40 - 133 19 0.75 633 24.9 8.3 18.2

E45MD2F2-144 345 43 - 144 32 - 106 19 0.75 694 27.2 8.2 18

E55MD2F2-114 715 34 - 114 25 - 84 19 0.75 712 28 8.5 18.7

E55MD2F2-180 475 54 - 180 40 - 133 19 0.75 712 28 8.5 18.7

MB2F1 Output Options MB2F2 Output Options

20R201408 25mm Heavy Duty Retraction Spring 20R201410 50mm Heavy Duty Retraction Spring

20D102904 5/8" SD Retractable Ball Retainer

Standard Output

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"L"

Length Weight

5/8"

5/8"'50mm (2")

25mm (1")

Page 80:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

F1 - 188.95 mm (7.439 in)F2 - 268.36 mm (10.57 in)

R

L

F1 - 160.66 mm (6.325 in)F2 - 214.36 mm (8.44 in)

90.55 mm (3.565.in)-29C 106.8 mm (4.205 in)

Front Removable Only

25.4 mm(1.00 in)

50.8 mm(2.00 in)

137.8 mm(5.42 in)

63.5 mm(2.50 in)

16 mm (0.63 in) Min MountingPlate Supplied By Customer

Offset Retractable Motors (2 to 225 Nm)

Angle (14 to 401 Nm)Retractable Motors

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

B

H

RA

L

C

D

Front Removable Only

13 mm (0.5 in) Mounting PlateSupplied By Customer

45www.StanleyAssembly.com0808

Additional Head DimensionsHead Units A B C D

mm 83 13 51 18

in 3.3 0.5 2 0.7

mm 86 16 103 19

in 3.4 0.6 4 0.8

E34MA19 mm 74 16 103 19

E44MA19 in 2.9 0.6 4 0.8

E34MA22 mm 82 16 130 22

E44MA22 in 3.2 0.6 5.1 0.9

E33MA18

E33MA19

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Retraction SD

E33MA18F1-46 750 14 - 46 10 - 34 28 1.1 97 3.8 433 17 2.5 5.6 16mm (5/8") 3/8"

E33MA19F1-60 570 18 - 60 13 - 44 28 1.1 146.5 5.8 440 17.3 2.7 6

E34MA19F1-70 435 21 - 70 15 - 51.5 28 1.1 146.5 5.8 470 18.5 3.4 7.6

E44MA19F1-70 635 21 - 70 15 - 51.5 28 1.1 146.5 5.8 479 18.9 3.8 8

E34MA22F1-115 295 35 - 115 27 - 85 28 1.1 114 4.5 473 18.6 3.7 8.2

E44MA22F1-120 475 35 - 120 26 - 89 28 1.1 114 4.5 482 19 4.1 9

E33MA18F2-46 750 14 - 46 10 - 34 28 1.1 138 5.4 433 17 2.6 5.7 3/8"

E33MA19F2-60 570 18 - 60 13 - 44 28 1.1 194 7.6 440 17.3 2.8 6.1

E34MA19F2-70 435 21 - 70 15 - 51.5 28 1.1 194 7.6 470 18.5 3.5 7.7

E44MA19F2-70 635 21 - 70 15 - 51.5 28 1.1 194 7.6 479 18.9 3.8 8.2

E34MA22F2-115 295 35 - 115 27 - 85 28 1.1 146 5.8 473 18.6 3.8 8.2

E44MA22F2-120 475 35 - 120 26 - 89 28 1.1 146 5.8 482 19 4.1 9

MA18F1 Output Options (Contact Stanley for 3/8 SD Extended Spindle Options) MA22F1 Output Options

20D104604 1/2" SD 20D104603 3/8" SD X 2" Ext 20D117700 1/2 X 2-5/8" Ext M4466 1/2" SD X 8" Ext

20D104605 1/2" SD X 2” Ext M4886 Heavy Duty Retraction Spring M4306 1/2" SD X 2" Ext M4800 25mm Heavy Duty Spring

20D111002 3/8" SD X 1/2" Ext 20D111005 3/8" SD X 2" Ext 20D111008 3/8" SD X 4" Ext

20D111003 3/8" SD X 1" Ext 20D111006 3/8" SD X 55mm Ext 20D111004 3/8" SD X 6" Ext

20R201421 50mm Heavy Duty Retraction Spring 20D111001 3/8" SD X 7" Ext

20R201407 25mm Heavy Duty Retraction Spring 20R201421 50mm Heavy Duty Retraction Spring20D115901 1/2" SD Retractable X 2" Ext 20D112301 1/2" SD Retractable X 4" Ext

MA19F2 Output Options

Standard Output

25mm (1")

Weight

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"H" Head

Height

"L"

Length

MA19F1 Output Options

1/2"

1/2"

50mm (2")

MA18F2 Output Options

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in kg lb Retraction SD

E45MD3F1-144 345 43 - 144 32 - 106 32 1.25 628 24.7 10.2 22.5

E45MD3F1-225 220 68 - 225 50 - 166 32 1.25 628 24.7 10.2 22.5

E55MD3F1-180 475 54 - 180 40 - 133 32 1.25 656 25.8 10.5 23.2

E55MD3F1-225 380 68 - 225 50 - 166 32 1.25 656 25.8 10.5 23.2

E55MD3F1-290 380 87 - 290 64 - 214 32 1.25 710 28 11.4 25.1

E45MD3F2-144 345 43 - 144 32 - 106 32 1.25 707 27.9 10.5 23.2

E45MD3F2-225 220 68 - 225 50 - 166 32 1.25 707 27.9 10.5 23.2

E55MD3F2-180 475 54 - 180 40 - 133 32 1.25 735 29 10.8 23.8

E55MD3F2-225 380 68 - 225 50 - 166 32 1.25 735 29 10.8 23.8

E55MD3F2-290 380 87 - 290 64 - 214 32 1.25 790 31.1 11.6 25.5

MB3F1 Output Options MB3F2 Output Options

20R201404 25mm Heavy Duty Retraction Spring 20R201406 50mm Heavy Duty Retraction Spring

Standard Output

50mm (2")

25mm (1") 3/4”

3/4”

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"L"

Length Weight

Page 81:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Angle Retractable Motors(14 to 401 Nm)

L

16 mm (0.63 in ) Mounting PlateSupplied By Customer

18.2 mm(.71 in)

H

112 mm(4.4 in)

102 mm(4.0 in)

READ INSTRUCTIONS

R

26 mm(1.03 in)

Tool ConfigurationSelect model and options.See p 47 for E Cables.See pp 15-18 for QA Controllers.See pp 48-52 for Q Controllers.

108.3 mm(4.3 in)

16 mm (0.63 in) Mounting PlateSupplied By Customer

L21 mm(0.8 in)

126 mm(4.9 in)

READ INSTRUCTIONS

R

28.6 mm(1.125 in)

H

46 www.StanleyAssembly.com 0808

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Retraction SD

E45MA26F1-150 330 45 - 150 33 - 110 34 1.34 166 6.5 525 20.7 5.7 12.5

E45MA26F1-201 265 60 - 201 49 - 148 34 1.34 166 6.5 525 20.7 5.7 12.5

E55MA26F1-100 880 33 - 100 22 - 74 34 1.34 166 6.5 576 22.7 6.3 13.8

E55MA26F1-167 510 50 - 167 37 - 123 34 1.34 166 6.5 576 22.7 6.3 13.8

E55MA26F1-221 385 67 - 221 49 - 163 34 1.34 166 6.5 576 22.7 6.3 13.8

E45MA26F2-150 330 45 - 150 33 - 110 34 1.34 225 8.9 525 20.7 5.8 12.8

E45MA26F2-201 265 60 - 201 49 - 148 34 1.34 225 8.9 525 20.7 5.8 12.8

E55MA26F2-100 880 33 - 100 22 - 74 34 1.34 225 8.9 576 22.7 6.4 14.1

E55MA26F2-167 510 50 - 167 37 - 123 34 1.34 225 8.9 576 22.7 6.4 14.1

E55MA26F2-221 385 67 - 221 49 - 163 34 1.34 225 8.9 576 22.7 6.4 14.1

MA26F1 Output Options

20D100402 5/8" SD 20R201417 25mm Heavy Duty Retraction Spring

20D105701 5/8" SD X 2 1/2 Ext 20D100403 1/2" SD (100 Nm max)

MA26F2 Output Options

20D100405 5/8" SD 20R201416 50mm Heavy Duty Retraction Spring

20D100406 1/2" SD (100 Nm max)

50mm (2")

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"H" Head

Height

"L"

Length Weight Standard Output

25mm (1")

3/4”

3/4”

Rated

Speed

MODEL RPM Nm lb ft mm in mm in mm in kg lb Retraction SD

E55MA32F1-337 255 101 - 337 75 - 248 34 1.34 178 7 582 22.9 7.6 16.8 25mm

E55MA32F1-401 205 120 - 401 89 - 295 34 1.34 178 7 582 22.9 7.6 16.8 (1")

E55MA32F2-337 255 101 - 337 75 - 248 34 1.34 268 10.6 582 22.9 7.752 17.136 50mm

E55MA32F2-401 205 120 - 401 89 - 295 34 1.34 268 10.6 582 22.9 7.752 17.136 (2")

MA32F1 Output Options

M4740 3/4" SD X 4" Ext Retractable M4600 5/8" SD Retractable

20D114800 3/4" SD X 2 1/2 Ext Retractable M4610 5/8" SD X 4" Ext Retractable

Weight Standard Output

Torque

Range

"R" Side

to Center

"H" Head

Height

"L"

Length

3/4”

3/4”

Page 82:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Cables for E Tools

Cable SelectionSelect a tool whip for the tool model.Select an extension for the selected whip number.Note: All High Flex cables have an 8 cm (3 in)minimum bend radius.

47www.StanleyAssembly.com0608

20C1003[##] Hi-Flex Whip[##] = 01, 03, meters05, 07 or 10

20C1046[##] High Flex E1 Lever Whip,[##] = 01, 03, 05. 07 or 10 meters

READ INSTRUCTIONS

20C1004[##] Hi-Flex 90 Degree Whip[##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters @ ToolAdjusts to 10 Positions @ 36°

20C1034[##] Hi-Flex[##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

Whip, E02/34 Pistol orE23/34 Lever,

20C1001[##] 90° Hi-Flex E2/Lever Whip [##] = 01, 03, 05, 07or 10 meters. Adjusts to 12 Positions @ 30°

20C1000[##] Hi-Flex E2/5 Lever Whip,[##] = 01, 03, 05, 07 or 10 meters

FitsE12Lever Tools

Fits E23-34Lever Tools

E02-34 Pistols

LightweightE3 Whip

(Bottom Exit)

FitsE23-55, *E12Lever Tools

E02-34 Pistols

StandardE5 Whip

(Bottom Exit)

20C1002[##] JamnutExtension [##] =05, 10, 20 or 40 meters

NOTE:Jamnut cableshave connectorsthat can be fixed to bulkheads.

20C1011[##] 90 DegreeJamnut Extension

[##] = 05, 10, 20or 40 meters

*E12 applications requirea 20H103100 Adaptor.

FitsE02-34 Pistol

E23-55MovingFixtured Motors

StandardE5 Whip

(Top Exit)

READ INSTRUCTIONS

*E12 does not apply.

Page 83:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

- 32 Parameter Sets- Stores 10,000 Torque/Angle Cycles, Date/time Stamp,Vin # or Part ID

- Traces of Last 5 OK Rundowns, Last 5 No-Go Rundowns- Statistics: C , C , P , P , C , Mean, Deviation, Etc.P PK P PK AM

Single Spindle Alpha Controllerfor E Tools

High Low Torque,High Low Angle,

Cycle Accept Lights

Controls Assembly Process and Data

Operates any QPM tool from 0.5 to 2000 Nmeither stand-alone or as part of a networkedsystem. Alpha Controllers can be set-up fromthe front panel, a laptop, or any remotecomputer on the network. Menu-driven userinterface with Wizard Programming.

Step 1. Select controller model and connectivity (seeoptions on next page).

Step 2. Select a power cord by supply voltage, countryand tool size (if noted, otherwise all tool models apply).

Step 3. Select a Floor Stand.

Specify an Alpha Controller

Plinth

-Quick-changemounting by hand

-Cable managementand routing

All Alpha Controllers include plinths, powercords and Configuration Editor software.

Models equipped with Device Net alsoinclude 0.2 m Device Net cable/tee.

Alpha

Model

Number Ethernet

Device

Net Profibus

24 VDC

I/O Serial

Q1001EXX + +

Q1001EDX + + +

Q1001EPX + + +

Q1001EDV + + + +

Q1001EPV + + + +

Q1001EXV + + +

Q1001XDX + +

Q1001XPX + +

Q1001XDV + + +

Q1001XPV + + +

Q1001XXV + +

Menu driven userinterface with WizardProgramming via 2 line X16 wide display

Floor Stand

Part No. Description

QPM

Spindles Dimensions

21F100404 Floor Stand Kit 198h 61w 56d cm

Add /F to Model No. Assembled System with Floor Stand 78 x 24 x 22 in1 to 5

48 www.StanleyAssembly.com 0908

Power Cord

Part No. Connectivity Description

20C203303 US Power Cord 115V, 2m

20C203304 US Power Cord 230V, 2m (6-20R)

20C203305 Euro Power Cord 230V, 2m

20C203306 UK Power Cord 230V, 2m

20C203307 Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 2m

20C203308 Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 4m

Alpha/Gamma

Controllers to

Mains

Specifications

6w x 14h x 10d in

Wt. 7 kg (16 lb)

Power Supply: 1A Internal

Ready for External PS

Power Source: Auto Detect

115 VAC 60 Hz, 230 VAC 50 Hz

Humidity: 0 to 95 % non-cond.

Temperature: 32-122 ºF (0-50 ºC)

Page 84:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Error Proofing

Q1001_D_Device Net Option

(or Profibus )

PLC

Printer

Bar Code Scanner

Socket Tray

Q1001__V24 VDC I/O Option

Q1001E__Ethernet Net Option

(Cat 5/RJ45)

Start

Stop

Reverse

RemoteToolControl

Standard Serial

Alpha Connectivity OptionsFit Your Plant InterfaceRequirements

Operates all QPM toolsfrom E02 to E55

Power ReceptacleAuto - Detects110-240 VAC

III/O

24 V

AG

HB C

D

E

F

IIII/O

24 V

AB

CD

E

F

I

1 A

I/O

24 V

AG

HB

C D

E

F

AB

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

L M

N

P

R

S

T

U

V

W

XY

Z

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

m

n

p

q

r

s

t

TOOL POWER

ETHERNET

BARCODE/PRINTER

I / N / PE

115/230VAC 50/60Hz

10 AMPS

ENCLOSURE TYPE: NEMA I

INDOOR USE ONLY

AMBIENT 50* MAX

DeviceNet

PART EXIT

Alarm orLine Stop

Switch 2Switch 1

PART ENTRY

QPM Software

24 VDC Outputs @ 1Aeach, 5 parameter select,2 part entry/exit, 3 remotestart, stop, direction

49www.StanleyAssembly.com0508

Page 85:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

One or Two Spindle Gamma Controllerfor E ToolsThe Gamma controller offers the fusion of the PLC, the PC,and the torque controller in a single, scalable, flexible, highlycost-effective package for one or two spindle workstations.As a DeviceNet Master with Ladder Logic Engine, it canmanage an entire workstation, operate single QPM tool andmanages communications for printers, bar code, fieldbus, 24VDC I/O, and network interface.

Menu driven userinterface with WizardProgramming via 4 line X20 wide display

All Gamma Controllers include plinths,power cords and Configuration Editorsoftware.

Step 1. Select controller model and connectivity.

Step 2. Select a power cord by supply voltage, countryand tool size (if noted, otherwise all tool models apply).

Step 4. Select a Floor Stand.

Specify a Gamma Controller

Ethernet TCP/IPBased Cat 5(RJ45) NetworkPort

24 VDC I/O& E-Stop

Parallel Port RS-232 SerialPorts

Fieldbus Slave PortOption

(Device Net orProfibus Models)

- 32 Parameter Sets- Stores 10,000 Torque/Angle Cycles, Date/time Stamp,Vin # or Part ID

- Traces of Last 5 OK Rundowns, Last 5 No-Go Rundowns- Statistics: C , C , P , P , C , Mean, Deviation, Etc.P PK P PK AM

Controls Assembly Process and Data

Plinth

-Quick-changemounting by hand

-Cable managementand routing

Gamma

Model

Number

QPM

Spindles

Device

Net Profibus

Add'l Alpha

Controller

Q4001N 1

Q4002N 2 1

Q4001 1 +

Q4002 2 + 1

Q4001P 1 +

Q4002P 2 + 1

Step 3. Select Epsilon (see page 52, lower right).

Floor Stand

Part No. Description

QPM

Spindles Dimensions

21F100404 Floor Stand Kit 198h 61w 56d cm

Add /F to Model No. Assembled System with Floor Stand 78 x 24 x 22 in1 to 5

50 www.StanleyAssembly.com 0908

Power Cord

Part No. Connectivity Description

20C203303 US Power Cord 115V, 2m

20C203304 US Power Cord 230V, 2m (6-20R)

20C203305 Euro Power Cord 230V, 2m

20C203306 UK Power Cord 230V, 2m

20C203307 Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 2m

20C203308 Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 4m

Alpha/Gamma

Controllers to

Mains

Specifications

23w x 36h x 26d cm

9w x 14h x 10d in

Wt. 11 kg (24 lb)

Power Source: Auto Detect

115 VAC 60 Hz, 230 VAC 50 Hz

Humidity: 0 to 95 % non-cond.

Temperature: 32-122 ºF (0-50 ºC)

24 VDC Outputs @ 1A each

16 Inputs/Outputs

Power Supply: 1A Internal

Ready for External PS

Page 86:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

The Sigma interface manages as many as 12 Alpha controllers andcommunications for printers, bar codes, fieldbus, 24VDC I/Os andnetwork interfaces. Integral PLC capability uses one of multipleFieldbus technologies. As a DeviceNet Master with Ladder LogicEngine, it can manage an entire workstation. Optional Tool LogicControl in Fastening Toolbox Deluxe Software simplifies ladderlogic programming.

Sigma

Model No.

QPM

Spindles

Q3001 1

Q3002 2

Q3003 3

Q3004 4

Q3005 5

Q3006 6

Q3007 7

Q3008 8

Q3009 9

Q3010 10

Q3011 11

Q3012 12

Sigma

Model No.

QPM

Spindles

Q3001P 1

Q3002P 2

Q3003P 3

Q3004P 4

Q3005P 5

Q3006P 6

Q3007P 7

Q3008P 8

Q3009P 9

Q3010P 10

Q3011P 11

Q3012P 12

Device Net Models Profibus Models

Multiple Spindle Sigma InterfaceSystems (115/230V)

EthernetTCP/IP BasedCat 5 (Rj45)Network Port

24 VDC I/O& E-Stop

Parallel Port RS-232 SerialPorts

Fieldbus SlavePort (Device

Net or ProfibusModels)

Step 1. Select Sigma System model and connectivity.

Specify a Sigma Interface System

All Sigma Interface Systemsinclude plinths, power cords andConfiguration Editor software.

Step 2. Select a power cord by supply voltage, countryand tool size (if noted, otherwise all tool models apply).

Step 4. Select a Floor Stand.

Menu driven userinterface withWizardProgramming via4 line X 20 widedisplay

Step 3. Select Epsilon (see next page, lower right).

MENU

PlinthsManage cables andenable quick moduleremoval

SigmaInterface

AlphaController

CablesRequires 20C1011(##)90° Jamnut ExtensionSee Cable Options

Plinth

-Quick-changemounting by hand

-Cable managementand routing

Floor Stand

Part No. Description

QPM

Spindles Dimensions

21F100404 Floor Stand Kit 198h 51w 56d cm

Add /F to Model No. Assembled System with Floor Stand 78 x 20 x 22 in

21F100402 Floor Stand Kit 198h 117w 56d cm

Add /F to Model No. Assembled System with Floor Stand 78 x 46 x 22 in

1 to 5

6 to 12

51www.StanleyAssembly.com0908

Power Cord

Part No. Connectivity Description

20C102002 US Power Cord 115V, 2m

21C103902 US Power Cord 230V, 2m (6-20R)

20C102102 Euro Power Cord 230V, 2m

20C102202 UK Power Cord 230V, 2m

20C103802 Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 2m

20C103804 Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 4m

20C200201 Power Cord 230V, 1m

20C200202 Power Cord 230V, 2m

20C203401 Power Cord 115V, 1m

20C203402 Power Cord 115V, 2m

20C203502 US Power Cord 115V, 2m

21R202002 US Power Cord 230V, 2m

20C203602 Euro Power Cord 230V, 2m

20C203702 UK Power Cord 230V, 2m

20C103902 Twist Lock Power Cord 115V, 2m

Alpha to Power Module

or Sigma 230V (2 max)

Alpha to Sigma 115V (2

max)

Sigma to Mains

Alpha/Gamma

Controllers to Mains

Page 87:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Specifications

15w x 36h x 26d cm

6w x 14h x 10d in

Wt. 8.5 kg (18.5 lb)

Device Net or Profibus

24 VDC Outputs @1A each

16 Inputs/Outputs

Power Supply: 4A

Ready for External PS

Integral E-stop: 1 or 2 Spindles

Alarm Monitor

Power Source: Auto Detect

100 – 240 VAC, 50 – 60 Hz

Humidity: 0 to 95 % non-cond.

Temperature: 32-122 ºF (0-50 ºC)

Multiple Spindle Sigma Interface Systems (480/575V)

Step 1. Select a Sigma system model for the number ofspindles, supply voltage, field bus type and optionalinputs/outputs.

480V DeviceNet Models

480V DeviceNet Models withExpanded I/O

Sigma

Model No.

QPM

Spindles

Power

Module

Q3403/V 3 Q0406/V

Q3404/V 4 Q0406/V

Q3405/V 5 Q0406/V

Q3406/V 6 Q0406/V

Q3407/V 7 Q0412/V

Q3408/V 8 Q0412/V

Q3409/V 9 Q0412/V

Q3410/V 10 Q0412/V

Q3411/V 11 Q0412/V

Q3412/V 12 Q0412/V

Sigma

Model No.

QPM

Spindles

Power

Module

Q3401 1 Q0402

Q3402 2 Q0402

Q3403 3 Q0406

Q3404 4 Q0406

Q3405 5 Q0406

Q3406 6 Q0406

Q3407 7 Q0412

Q3408 8 Q0412

Q3409 9 Q0412

Q3410 10 Q0412

Q3411 11 Q0412

Q3412 12 Q0412

Step 3. Select a Floor Stand.

575V DeviceNet Models

575V DeviceNet Models withExpanded I/O

Sigma

Model No.

QPM

Spindles

Power

Module

Q3501 1 Q0502

Q3502 2 Q0502

Q3503 3 Q0506

Q3504 4 Q0506

Q3505 5 Q0506

Q3506 6 Q0506

Q3507 7 Q0512

Q3508 8 Q0512

Q3509 9 Q0512

Q3510 10 Q0512

Q3511 11 Q0512

Q3512 12 Q0512

Sigma

Model No.

QPM

Spindles

Power

Module

Q3503/V 3 Q0506/V

Q3504/V 4 Q0506/V

Q3505/V 5 Q0506/V

Q3506/V 6 Q0506/V

Q3507/V 7 Q0512/V

Q3508/V 8 Q0512/V

Q3509/V 9 Q0512/V

Q3510/V 10 Q0512/V

Q3511/V 11 Q0512/V

Q3512/V 12 Q0512/V

Sigma

Model No. Field Bus

Q3000 DeviceNet

Q3000P Profibus

All Sigma Interface Systemsinclude plinths, power cords andConfiguration Editor software.

Step 2. Select Epsilon (see lower right).

Epsilon Error Proofing Interface (Q0000)

-

- Proximity or limit switch inputs can include Part Entry, Part Exit and awarning position (optional inputs: remote stop, start and reverse).

- Operator interface includes a keyed bypass switch, reset pushbutton,auxiliary button and a red-yellow-green light-stack with variable alarm.

- InCycle and Line Stop dry contacts (2) interface to the line PLC. Gamma/Sigma Interface I/O connector options include: Job OK, High Torque, LowTorque, High Angle, Low Angle, Equipment Failure, Reset, Bypass andCall.

- Includes plinth

- Dimensions: 87h x 15w x 26d cm (34 x 6 x 10 in)

Provides visual indications of process status from a Gamma Controller,Sigma Interface or other PLC (red, green and yellow lights).

Three Phase 480/575V Power Modules

Sigma

Model No. VAC Description

Q0402 480 2 Spindle (3.4kVA) Power Module

Q0502 575 /Internal Transformers

Q0406 480 6 Spindle (12kVA) Power Module

Q0506 575 /External Transformer

Add "V" 24V DeviceNet I/O, 16 Inputs, 32 Outputs for 12 kVA

Q0412 480 12 Spindle (24kVA) Power Module

Q0512 575 /External Transformers

Add "V" 24V DeviceNet I/O, 16 Inputs, 64 Outputs for 24 kVA

Dimensions all Models: 76h x 63.5w x 30.5d cm (30 x 25 x 12 in)

Floor Stand

Part No. Description

QPM

Spindles Dimensions

21F100403 Floor Stand Kit 198h 117w 56d cm

Add /F to Model No. Assembled System with Floor Stand 78 x 46 x 22 in

21F100401 Floor Stand Kit 198h 117w 88d cm

Add /F to Model No. Assembled System with Floor Stand 78 x 46 x 34.5 in

1 to 6

7 to 12

52 www.StanleyAssembly.com 0508

Page 88:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Assembly Technologies

Mechanical Products Limited Warranty:

The Stanley Works (“Stanley”) warrants its Assembly Technologies mechanical products to the original purchaser to be free from deficiencies in material or workmanship for the useful life of the product.

Under this lifetime limited warranty Stanley will, at its discretion, repair or replace any product which, upon inspection, is acknowledged by Stanley to be defective.

This limited lifetime warranty shall apply to products which have been used under normal operating conditions for their intended use and shall not apply to products which have been subjected to: abnormal wear and tear, abuse, misuse, improper maintenance, negligence, continued use after partial failure, accident, alterations or repairs with non-genuine Stanley replacement parts.

Electronic Products Limited Warranty:

Stanley warrants its Assembly Technologies electronic products to the original purchaser to be free from deficiencies in material or workmanship for a period of one year after the date of shipment.

Under this limited warranty Stanley will, at its discretion, repair or replace any product which, upon inspection, is acknowledged by Stanley to be defective.

This warranty shall apply to products which have been used under normal operating conditions for their intended use and shall not apply to products which have been subjected to: abnormal wear and tear, neglect, component degradation, improper handling, overload, abuse, misuse, improper maintenance, use with improper accessories, or where alterations have been made.

Software Products Limited Warranty:

Stanley warrants its Assembly Technologies software products to the original purchaser to be free from deficiencies in material or workmanship for a period of one year after the date of shipment.

Under this limited warranty Stanley will, at its discretion, make available replacement software or an upgrade for any product which, upon inspection, is acknowledged by Stanley to be defective. Installation of the software shall be the responsibility of the requestor.

This warranty shall apply to products which have been used with specified, compatible hardware under normal operating conditions for their intended use and shall not apply to products which have been: modified, misused, improperly handled, improperly maintained, or used with non-compatible hardware or accessories.

OEM Products Limited Warranty:

Some Stanley Assembly Technologies custom engineered systems include components manufactured by others. The limited warranties of each individual manufacturer shall apply to these components and Stanley makes no representation or warranty of any kind, expressed or implied, with respect to such components.

General Terms:

This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights and is in lieu of all other warranties, expressed or implied, including the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. Some states and countries do not allow limitations on implied warranties, so the above may not apply to you. You may also have other rights which vary by state or country.

Stanley shall not be responsible for incidental or consequential damages or the inability to use its products for any purpose whatsoever. Stanley's maximum liability shall not in any case exceed the contract price for the products claimed to be defective. Some states and countries do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so this specific limitation or exclusion may not apply to you.

Specification Changes:

Stanley retains the right to discontinue and/or change specifications of any Assembly Technologies products without responsibility for incorporating changes in products already sold.

Warranty Claims:

To apply for warranty consideration, the original purchaser should take the following action:

a) Contact the Stanley Assembly Technologies customer service department to obtain a "Return Authorization Number" and "Warranty Claim Report Form.”

b) Package the product including proof of purchase and the completed warranty claim form.

c) Note the Return Authorization Number on the exterior of the package and return freight to:

Stanley Assembly TechnologiesApplications & Productivity Center

Cleveland, Ohio 44143-2326

In the event that a product is repaired or replaced under the terms of the warranty, the warranty period of the repaired or replacement product shall be limited to the remaining portion of the original warranty period.

5335 Avion Park Drive

LIMITED WARRANTY

Page 89:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Stanley Assembly Technolgies www.StanleyAssembly.com

STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIES (GERMANY)Frankfurter Straße 74D-64521 Groß-Gerau, GermanyTel: +49 (0) 6152 8052-0Fax: +49 (0) 6152 8052-22

STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIESEurope, China & India HeadquartersOutils Portatifs et Systemes d’AssemblageZone Immoparc bat Loire 4, 78190 Trappes, FranceTel: +33 (1) 3050 9100Fax: +33 (1) 3051 0708

STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIES (CHINA)Room 1908, Shanghaimart Tower2299 Yan An Road West, Shanghai 200336, ChinaTel: 011-86-21-3208-4550Fax: 011-86-21-6236-0191

WORLD HEADQUARTERS 5335 Avion Park DriveCleveland, Ohio 44143-2328USA Tel: +1 (440) 461-5500Fax: +1 (440) 461-5592

STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIES (ITALY)Divisione Assembly Technologies47 Via Parco, 20046 Biassono (MI)Tel: +39 (039) 2389.1Fax: +39 (039) 2389970

STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIES (UK)Gowerton RoadBrackmills, Northhampton NN4 7BW, England Tel: +44 (1604) 827247Fax: +44 (1604) 827277

SALES AND SUPPORT AMERICAS/ASIA-PACIFICApplications and Productivity Center1875 Research Drive Suite 200, Troy, MI 48083USA Tel: 1 (248) 824-1100Fax: +1 (248) 824-1110Toll Free Service: (877) 787-7830Toll Free Sales: (877) 709-8006

STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIES (JAPAN)110 Sanmai-ChoKanagawa-KuYokohama 221-0862, JapanTel: 81 45 413 3030Fax: 81 45 413 3031

Communication in Overdrive

QA Alpha Models

QA Alpha 24V I/O Options

The plinth used on all QA controllers provides convenient and protected cable routing plus quick release mounting for the controller.

The QA Alpha has an optional breakout box I/O module that mounts neatly inside the plinth with a controller connection and 19-pin subconnector cable. With the use of the breakout box, other I/O connections on the controller are not obscured by tangled, bulky cables.

The breakout box provides easy access for controller and tool connection. For new installs, the plinth and connections can be arranged and set up as needed – then the controllers just plug in and run. And – swapping out controllers is now fast and hassle-free.

Page 90:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

USB Port

Work StationPart Entry

New and Improved QPM Software - All You Need is Your Web Browser!

Embedded Toolbox Software

The intuitive new Embedded Toolbox software has a graphical interface, making it more user friendly, and allowing you to view the display on your network computer’s web browser. It’s the only software you need for the QPM system and it’s already installed right on your controller. To get started just point your browser at the controller’s IP address.

The step-by-step configuration setup is logical and easy. Configuration of the tool, and single or multiple trace data can be viewed, saved or exported for later analysis.

The New QA Alpha ControllerNew Look – Inside and Out!The QA Alpha has a sleek new look with its bold and bright interface, larger display and intuitive, graphic-based navigation features.

The new design is elegant as well as functional – making the QA easy to program and run. Improved navigation means that fewer keystrokes are required to set up parameters, assign I/O properties, or run trace data and diagnostics. The Parameter Wizard helps you to create, name and select numerous assembly strategies.

More Power Under the HoodThe new QA Alpha controller is more robust and powerful inside too. You can program and store up to 99 different parameter sets, and run trace analysis and diagnostics right on the controller. Make your assembly process more efficient using Operations Support – a feature that gives you the ability to create a chain of parameter sets. This enables the operator to perform multiple fastenings in one operation. And – when you use the Embedded Toolbox software with your computer and a web browser, you have an even more powerful user interface along with rich analysis and reporting capabilities.

Stay on the Fast TrackFeature upgrades are fast and easy to implement using the brand-new USB port and the optional Stanley USB Memory Stick. Using USB memory can provide backup/restore to your controller. One USB Memory Stick can hold backups for your entire plant, but the price is so economical - you may prefer to use a separate memory stick for each controller.

QA Alpha - Ultimate CommunicationInput and Output – Better and Faster

Standard Ethernet – Every QA Alpha controller has an Ethernet port as a standard feature, allowing you to connect directly to your plant network. DeviceNet or Profibus connections are also available as an option.

24 VDC Input/Output – The 24 VDC Input/Output option enables error proofing, parameter selection from a socket tray or similar device, and remote control for fixtured tools.

USB Port – You’ll also notice a USB port on the QA – an optional USB memory stick enables you to save the parameter sets created with the Parameter Wizard. Transfer parameter sets from one controller to the next, or provide backup and restore for your operation.

Two COM Ports – The QA Alpha includes two COM ports, one for connecting your computer enabling you to remotely configure the tool and controller – and one more allowing you to add a bar code reader, serial printer or serial network connection.

Bolts that do not meet specifications are identified for rework

Page 91:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

USB Port

Work StationPart Entry

New and Improved QPM Software - All You Need is Your Web Browser!

Embedded Toolbox Software

The intuitive new Embedded Toolbox software has a graphical interface, making it more user friendly, and allowing you to view the display on your network computer’s web browser. It’s the only software you need for the QPM system and it’s already installed right on your controller. To get started just point your browser at the controller’s IP address.

The step-by-step configuration setup is logical and easy. Configuration of the tool, and single or multiple trace data can be viewed, saved or exported for later analysis.

The New QA Alpha ControllerNew Look – Inside and Out!The QA Alpha has a sleek new look with its bold and bright interface, larger display and intuitive, graphic-based navigation features.

The new design is elegant as well as functional – making the QA easy to program and run. Improved navigation means that fewer keystrokes are required to set up parameters, assign I/O properties, or run trace data and diagnostics. The Parameter Wizard helps you to create, name and select numerous assembly strategies.

More Power Under the HoodThe new QA Alpha controller is more robust and powerful inside too. You can program and store up to 99 different parameter sets, and run trace analysis and diagnostics right on the controller. Make your assembly process more efficient using Operations Support – a feature that gives you the ability to create a chain of parameter sets. This enables the operator to perform multiple fastenings in one operation. And – when you use the Embedded Toolbox software with your computer and a web browser, you have an even more powerful user interface along with rich analysis and reporting capabilities.

Stay on the Fast TrackFeature upgrades are fast and easy to implement using the brand-new USB port and the optional Stanley USB Memory Stick. Using USB memory can provide backup/restore to your controller. One USB Memory Stick can hold backups for your entire plant, but the price is so economical - you may prefer to use a separate memory stick for each controller.

QA Alpha - Ultimate CommunicationInput and Output – Better and Faster

Standard Ethernet – Every QA Alpha controller has an Ethernet port as a standard feature, allowing you to connect directly to your plant network. DeviceNet or Profibus connections are also available as an option.

24 VDC Input/Output – The 24 VDC Input/Output option enables error proofing, parameter selection from a socket tray or similar device, and remote control for fixtured tools.

USB Port – You’ll also notice a USB port on the QA – an optional USB memory stick enables you to save the parameter sets created with the Parameter Wizard. Transfer parameter sets from one controller to the next, or provide backup and restore for your operation.

Two COM Ports – The QA Alpha includes two COM ports, one for connecting your computer enabling you to remotely configure the tool and controller – and one more allowing you to add a bar code reader, serial printer or serial network connection.

Bolts that do not meet specifications are identified for rework

Page 92:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Stanley Assembly Technolgies www.StanleyAssembly.com

STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIES (GERMANY)Frankfurter Straße 74D-64521 Groß-Gerau, GermanyTel: +49 (0) 6152 8052-0Fax: +49 (0) 6152 8052-22

STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIESEurope, China & India HeadquartersOutils Portatifs et Systemes d’AssemblageZone Immoparc bat Loire 4, 78190 Trappes, FranceTel: +33 (1) 3050 9100Fax: +33 (1) 3051 0708

STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIES (CHINA)Room 1908, Shanghaimart Tower2299 Yan An Road West, Shanghai 200336, ChinaTel: 011-86-21-3208-4550Fax: 011-86-21-6236-0191

WORLD HEADQUARTERS 5335 Avion Park DriveCleveland, Ohio 44143-2328USA Tel: +1 (440) 461-5500Fax: +1 (440) 461-5592

STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIES (ITALY)Divisione Assembly Technologies47 Via Parco, 20046 Biassono (MI)Tel: +39 (039) 2389.1Fax: +39 (039) 2389970

STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIES (UK)Gowerton RoadBrackmills, Northhampton NN4 7BW, England Tel: +44 (1604) 827247Fax: +44 (1604) 827277

SALES AND SUPPORT AMERICAS/ASIA-PACIFICApplications and Productivity Center1875 Research Drive Suite 200, Troy, MI 48083USA Tel: 1 (248) 824-1100Fax: +1 (248) 824-1110Toll Free Service: (877) 787-7830Toll Free Sales: (877) 709-8006

STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIES (JAPAN)110 Sanmai-ChoKanagawa-KuYokohama 221-0862, JapanTel: 81 45 413 3030Fax: 81 45 413 3031

Communication in Overdrive

QA Alpha Models

QA Alpha 24V I/O Options

The plinth used on all QA controllers provides convenient and protected cable routing plus quick release mounting for the controller.

The QA Alpha has an optional breakout box I/O module that mounts neatly inside the plinth with a controller connection and 19-pin subconnector cable. With the use of the breakout box, other I/O connections on the controller are not obscured by tangled, bulky cables.

The breakout box provides easy access for controller and tool connection. For new installs, the plinth and connections can be arranged and set up as needed – then the controllers just plug in and run. And – swapping out controllers is now fast and hassle-free.

Page 93:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Green is EURO CUT Pink is USA CUT

Power Switch

Power ReceptacleAuto Detects115 or 230 VAC

24 VDC4 Inputs/4 OutputsConnector

20A Fuse

SerialConnector

Support

ToolConnector

Power Switch

Power ReceptacleAuto Detects115 or 230 VAC

24 VDC4 Inputs/4 OutputsConnector

20A Fuse

SerialConnector

for PC

SerialNetwork

Connector

ToolConnector

Controller Connectivity

© 2008 The Stanley Works All Rights Reserved. ECPT0908 Enu

Tau and Theta Controller Description15w x 36h x 20d cm

6w x 14h x 8d inWt. 6.7 kg (15 lb)

Power Supply: 24VDC / 1A InternalReady for External Job Select

Power Source: Auto Detect 115 VAC 60 Hz, 230 VAC 50 HzHumidity: 0 to 95 % non-cond.

Temperature: 32 - 122° F ( 0 - 50° C)

& Tightening Systems

WIN THE RACE FOR GLOBAL QUALITY

Stanley Controller Bro 2008:Layout 1 9/17/08 11:27 AM Page 1

Page 94:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Stanley’s QPM assembly systems, with a transducer built right intothe tightening tool, dynamically measures and displays fasteningtorque. Stanley’s patented Adaptive Tightening Control (ATC) algorithm, a standard

feature, optimizes torque capability, cycle time and operator ergonomics.Systems that control with electrical current, used in similar

applications, guesstimate torque by interpreting current draw andother variables. The torque value displayed by controllers

without transducers may appear accurate but areguesstimates. Such systems must be configured on aspecific assembly and are particularly sensitive to variationsof the assembly.

EC TOOLS AND TAU CONTROLLERSSimple and Cost EffectiveTightening Control.

1. Set the target torque from the keypad

2. Lights and display show torque OK or NOKafter the tightening cycle

Includes Error Proofing Capability to Prevent Missed Fasteners

• Compares dynamically measured torque results toquality limits

• Counts fastened bolts and detects cross-threads,re-hits, slip-offs

• Parts exit the workstation only after all bolts are OK

Switch from Air to DC and Improve Your Bottom LineIf you’ve been thinking about making the switch from Airto DC Electric, there couldn’t be a better time. DC ElectricTool Solutions from Stanley are more accurate, moreflexible, and are more energy efficient than Air Tools.

DON’T GUESSTIMATE TORQUE! Measure It and Control It with Stanley’s QPM Assembly System

5.0

• DC Electric tools require less frequent torque audits than air tools. Thiscan result in lower production costs and higher productivity.

• A single DC Electric tool can be set up to assemble joints of differenttarget torque levels – unlike Air Tools, which require separate tools for

each torque level.

• DC Electric tools from Stanley are cleaner, quieter and better forthe environment than Air Tools. No lubricating oil is needed.

• DC tools are more energy efficient. Transducer Dynamically Measures Torque

80

40

0

120

160

Adaptive Tightening Control (ATC)*automatically adjusts for different joint

designs and part variations during eachtightening cycle by dynamically managing

speed and power to the motor.

Includes Adaptive Tightening Controlto Adjust for Fastening Variations

A New Value Level forDC Electric TransducerControlled Fastening

Air and Current Control Tools Can’t Dynamically Measure Torque.

* ATC is an algorithm patented exclusivelyby Stanley Assembly Technologies.

Plant Air

Regulator/Lubricator

Air Tool

Stanley Controller Bro 2008:Layout 1 9/17/08 11:27 AM Page 2

Page 95:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Stanley’s QPM assembly systems, with a transducer built right intothe tightening tool, dynamically measures and displays fasteningtorque. Stanley’s patented Adaptive Tightening Control (ATC) algorithm, a standard

feature, optimizes torque capability, cycle time and operator ergonomics.Systems that control with electrical current, used in similar

applications, guesstimate torque by interpreting current draw andother variables. The torque value displayed by controllers

without transducers may appear accurate but areguesstimates. Such systems must be configured on aspecific assembly and are particularly sensitive to variationsof the assembly.

EC TOOLS AND TAU CONTROLLERSSimple and Cost EffectiveTightening Control.

1. Set the target torque from the keypad

2. Lights and display show torque OK or NOKafter the tightening cycle

Includes Error Proofing Capability to Prevent Missed Fasteners

• Compares dynamically measured torque results toquality limits

• Counts fastened bolts and detects cross-threads,re-hits, slip-offs

• Parts exit the workstation only after all bolts are OK

Switch from Air to DC and Improve Your Bottom LineIf you’ve been thinking about making the switch from Airto DC Electric, there couldn’t be a better time. DC ElectricTool Solutions from Stanley are more accurate, moreflexible, and are more energy efficient than Air Tools.

DON’T GUESSTIMATE TORQUE! Measure It and Control It with Stanley’s QPM Assembly System

5.0

• DC Electric tools require less frequent torque audits than air tools. Thiscan result in lower production costs and higher productivity.

• A single DC Electric tool can be set up to assemble joints of differenttarget torque levels – unlike Air Tools, which require separate tools for

each torque level.

• DC Electric tools from Stanley are cleaner, quieter and better forthe environment than Air Tools. No lubricating oil is needed.

• DC tools are more energy efficient. Transducer Dynamically Measures Torque

80

40

0

120

160

Adaptive Tightening Control (ATC)*automatically adjusts for different joint

designs and part variations during eachtightening cycle by dynamically managing

speed and power to the motor.

Includes Adaptive Tightening Controlto Adjust for Fastening Variations

A New Value Level forDC Electric TransducerControlled Fastening

Air and Current Control Tools Can’t Dynamically Measure Torque.

* ATC is an algorithm patented exclusivelyby Stanley Assembly Technologies.

Plant Air

Regulator/Lubricator

Air Tool

Stanley Controller Bro 2008:Layout 1 9/17/08 11:27 AM Page 2

Page 96:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

• High/Low/OK Lights signal the operator fasteningstatus with 360° viewing.

• Multifunction button can select from 2 job setupsand other process functions.

DC Electric Tools Can Fit the JobFrom 1.5 to 180 Nm

RatedSpeed

TorqueRange

“R” Sideto Center Length Weight

Nm mm mmlb ft in in

EC_PB Pistol Tools

kg lbEC02PB-3 1650 1.5 - 3 1.1 - 2.2 18 0.7 196 7.7 0.8 1.7EC02PB-6 790 3 - 6 2.2 - 4.4 18 0.7 211 8.3 0.8 1.7EC02PB-10 490 5 - 10 4 - 7.4 18 0.7 211 8.3 0.8 1.8EC12PB-7 2175 3.5 - 7 2.5 - 5 20 0.8 236 9.3 0.9 1.9EC12PB-10 1510 5 - 10 4 - 7.4 20 0.8 236 9.3 0.9 1.9EC12PB-15 1040 7.5 - 15 5.5 - 11 20 0.8 211 8.3 0.9 1.9EC12PB-23 650 12 - 23 9 - 17 20 0.8 211 8.3 0.9 2.0EC22PB-13 1720 6.5 - 13 5 - 9.5 26 1.04 236 9.3 1 2.1EC22PB-21 1040 11 - 21 8 - 15.5 26 1.04 236 9.3 1 2.1EC22PB-31 650 16 - 31 12 - 23 26 1.04 236 9.3 1 2.2EC33PB-23 2115 12 - 23 9 - 17 26 1.04 287 11.3 1.6 3.5EC33PB-32 1425 16 - 32 12 - 24 26 1.04 287 11.3 1.6 3.5EC33PB-40 1125 20 - 40 15 - 30 26 1.04 287 11.3 1.6 3.5EC34PB1-48 1025 24 - 48 18 - 35 32 1.25 325 12.8 2.4 5.2EC34PB1-63 760 32 - 63 23 - 46 32 1.25 325 12.8 2.4 5.2EC34PB1-100 460 50 - 100 37 - 74 32 1.25 325 12.8 2.4 5.3EC44PB1-55 1230 28 - 55 20 - 40 32 1.25 351 13.8 2.6 5.7EC44PB1-75 890 38 - 75 28 - 55 32 1.25 351 13.8 2.6 5.7EC44PB1-100 660 50 - 100 37 - 74 32 1.25 351 13.8 2.6 5.7

RPMMODEL

RatedSpeed

TorqueRange

“R” Sideto Center

“H” HeadHeight

“L”Length Weight

Nm mm mmlb ft in in

EC_LA Angle Tools

mm in kg lbEC02LA10-3 1510 1.5 - 3 1.1 - 2.2 10 0.4 30 1.2 320 12.6 0.8 1.7EC02LA10-6 725 3 - 6 2.2 - 4.4 10 0.4 30 1.2 320 12.6 0.8 1.7EC02LA13-6 765 3 - 6 2.2 - 4.4 13 0.5 33 1.3 323 12.7 0.8 1.7EC02LA13-9 525 4.5 - 9 3.3 - 6.5 13 0.5 33 1.3 323 12.7 0.8 1.7EC12LA10-6 1995 3 - 6 2.2 - 4.4 10 0.4 30 1.2 320 12.6 0.8 1.7EC12LA13-10 1450 5 - 10 4 - 7.4 13 0.5 33 1.3 323 12.7 0.8 1.7EC12LA13-18 790 9 - 18 6.5 - 13 13 0.5 33 1.3 323 12.7 0.8 1.7EC12LA14-15 960 7.5 - 15 5.5 - 11 14 0.55 36 1.4 332 13.1 0.8 1.7EC12LA14-23 600 12 - 23 9 - 17 14 0.55 36 1.4 348 13.7 0.8 1.8EC22LA13-18 1260 5.4 - 18 4 - 13 13 0.5 33 1.3 345 13.6 1.1 2.5EC22LA14-23 1060 12 - 23 9 - 17 14 0.55 36 1.4 353 13.9 1.1 2.5EC22LA14-33 660 17 - 33 12 - 24 14 0.55 36 1.4 368 14.5 1.2 2.6EC22LA18-33 765 17 - 33 12 - 24 17.5 0.69 39 1.55 381 15.0 1.4 3.0EC33LA14-30 1505 15 - 30 11 - 22 14 0.55 36 1.4 417 16.4 1.4 3.1EC33LA14-35 1315 18 - 35 13 - 26 14 0.55 36 1.4 417 16.4 1.4 3.1EC33LA18-40 1090 20 - 40 15 - 30 17.5 0.69 39 1.55 445 17.5 1.5 3.5EC33LA18-46 950 23 - 46 17 - 34 17.5 0.69 39 1.55 445 17.5 1.5 3.5EC33LA19-60 725 30 - 60 22 - 44 19 0.75 49 1.9 445 17.5 1.8 4.0EC34LA19-70 660 35 - 70 26 - 51 19 0.75 49 1.9 465 18.3 2.1 4.6EC34LA19-80 545 40 - 80 30 - 59 19 0.75 49 1.9 465 18.3 2.1 4.6EC34LA22A-70 630 35 - 70 26 - 52 22 0.88 50 2 503 19.8 2.7 5.9EC34LA22A-90 520 45 - 90 33 - 66 22 0.88 50 2 503 19.8 2.7 5.9EC34LA22A-120 315 60 - 120 44 - 88.5 22 0.88 50 2 518 20.4 2.7 6.0EC34LA26-180 250 90 - 180 66 - 133 26 1.02 60 2.4 541 21.3 3.8 8.4EC43LA19-60 1035 30 - 60 22 - 44 19 0.75 49 1.9 470 18.5 2.0 4.4EC44LA19-66 955 33 - 66 25 - 49 19 0.75 49 1.9 490 19.3 2.3 5.0EC44LA19-80 790 40 - 80 30 - 59 19 0.75 49 1.9 490 19.3 2.3 5.0EC44LA22A-100 610 50 - 100 37 - 74 22 0.88 50 2 528 20.8 2.9 6.3EC44LA22A-120 450 60 - 120 44 - 88.5 22 0.88 50 2 528 20.8 2.9 6.3EC44LA26-180 355 60 - 120 44 - 88.5 26 1.02 60 2.4 566 22.3 3.5 7.8

RPMMODEL

Straight and pistol handle tools fit applicationswith direct access to the fastener.

Angle tools can accessfasteners in spaces notaccessible to straighttools.

RatedSpeed

TorqueRange

“R” Sideto Center

“T”Thickness

“L”Length Weight

Nm mm mmlb ft in in

EC_LC Crowfoot Tools

mm in kg lbEC12LC8U-13 695 6.5 - 13 5 - 9.5 13 0.5 16 0.64 383 15.1 1 2.2EC22LC8U-16 1110 8 - 16 6 - 12 13 0.5 16 0.64 404 15.9 1.5 3.4EC12LC106U-14 695 7 - 14 5 - 10 13 0.5 16 0.64 403 15.9 1.1 2.4EC22LC106U-16 1110 8 - 16 6 - 12 13 0.5 16 0.64 480 18.9 1.5 3.2EC22LC69U-15 860 7.5 - 15 5.5 - 11 16 0.63 16 0.64 450 17.7 2.2 4.8EC33LC69U-27 1070 14 - 27 10 - 20 16 0.63 16 0.64 523 20.6 2.2 5EC22LC13U-18 860 9 - 18 6.5 - 13 16 0.63 20.5 0.81 450 17.7 2.2 5EC33LC13U-30 1070 15 - 30 11 - 22 16 0.63 20.5 0.81 523 20.6 2.4 5.2EC22LC246U-20 765 10 - 20 7.5 - 15 16 0.63 20.5 0.81 450 17.7 2.2 5EC33LC246U-38 750 19 - 38 14 - 28 16 0.63 20.5 0.81 523 20.6 2.4 5.2EC22LC379U-30 430 15 - 30 11 - 22 16 0.63 15 0.58 411 16.2 1.6 3.6EC33LC29U-35 825 18 - 35 13 - 26 20.5 0.81 14 0.55 526 20.7 2.5 5.6EA34LC10U-49 550 25 - 49 18 - 36 20.5 0.81 28 1.1 610 24 3.4 7.4EA34LC10U-88 275 44 - 88 32 - 65 20.5 0.81 28 1.1 635 25 3.4 7.4EC44LC10U-88 480 44 - 88 32 - 65 20.5 0.81 28 1.1 660 26 3.5 7.8EC44LC31U-102 395 51 - 102 38 - 75 20.5 0.81 28 1.1 592 23.3 3 6.7

RPMMODEL

RatedSpeed Torque Range “R” Side

to Center Length Weight

Nm mm mmlb ft in in

EC_LB Straight Tools

kg lbEC02LB-3 1650 1.5 - 3 1.1 - 2.2 18 0.7 317 12.5 0.7 1.5EC02LB-6 790 3 - 6 2.2 - 4.4 18 0.7 332 13.1 0.7 1.5EC02LB-10 490 5 - 10 4 - 7.4 18 0.7 332 13.1 0.7 1.6EC12LB-7 2175 3.5 - 7 2.5 - 5 18 0.7 317 12.5 0.7 1.5EC12LB-10 1510 5 - 10 4 - 7.5 18 0.7 332 13.1 0.7 1.5EC12LB-15 1040 7.5 - 15 5.5 - 11 18 0.7 332 13.1 0.7 1.5EC12LB-23 650 12 - 23 9 - 17 18 0.7 348 13.7 0.7 1.6EC22LB-11 2400 5.5 - 11 4 - 8 21 0.8 361 14.2 1.0 2.3EC22LB-16 1665 8 - 16 6 - 12 21 0.8 361 14.2 1.0 2.3EC22LB-23 1150 12 - 23 9 - 17 21 0.8 361 14.2 1.0 2.3EC22LB-40 640 20 - 40 15 - 30 21 0.8 376 14.8 1.0 2.3EC33LB-23 2115 12 - 23 9 - 17 21 0.8 417 16.4 1.4 3.1EC33LB-32 1425 16 - 32 12 - 24 21 0.8 417 16.4 1.4 3.1EC33LB-40 1125 20 - 40 15 - 30 21 0.8 417 16.4 1.4 3.1EC34LB1-48 1025 24 - 48 18 - 35 25 1 470 18.5 1.9 4.2EC34LB1-63 760 32 - 63 23 - 46 25 1 470 18.5 1.9 4.2EC34LB1-100 460 50 - 100 37 - 74 25 1 470 18.5 1.95 4.3EC44LB1-55 1230 28 - 55 20 - 40 32 1.25 495 19.5 1.9 4.2EC44LB1-75 890 38 - 75 28 - 55 32 1.25 495 19.5 1.9 4.2EC44LB1-100 660 50 - 100 37 - 74 32 1.25 495 19.5 1.9 4.2

RPMMODEL

QPM CableUnrivaled durability minimizes the highest

cost of DC ownership – replacement cables.

RatedSpeed

TorqueRange

“R” Sideto Center

“T”Thickness

“L”Length Weight

Nm mm mmlb ft in in

EC_LT Tubenut Tools

mm in kg lbEC12LT252U-25 240 13 - 25 38247 13 0.5 14 0.54 467 18.4 1.6 3.6EC33LT252U-22 980 38312 38214 13 0.5 14 0.54 511 20.1 2.4 5.2EC33LT346U-23 1485 38343 38246 13 0.5 14 0.54 511 20.1 2.2 4.9EC33LT74U-30 1080 15 - 30 38312 18.5 0.73 14.5 0.57 516 20.3 2.4 5.3EC22LT264U-22 515 38312 38214 21.3 0.84 18 0.7 460 18.1 2 4.3EC33LT264U-44 560 22 - 44 16 - 32 21.3 0.84 18 0.7 533 21 2.1 4.6EA34LT23U-41 750 21 - 41 15 - 30 18.5 0.73 23 0.92 574 22.6 3.5 7.7EA34LT99AU-62 495 31 - 62 23 - 46 26 1.03 19.5 0.77 605 23.8 3.9 8.5EC44LT20U-102 420 51 - 102 38 - 75 26 1.03 32 1.25 617 24.3 4.2 9.3

RPMMODEL

Crowfoot nutrunners have a range of sizes and torque levels toaccess fasteners in unique, hard to reach applications.

Tubenut nutrunners have open sockets thatenable the tool end to be put over a tube, hose,or other tubular connection to secure a fitting

Page 97:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

• High/Low/OK Lights signal the operator fasteningstatus with 360° viewing.

• Multifunction button can select from 2 job setupsand other process functions.

DC Electric Tools Can Fit the JobFrom 1.5 to 180 Nm

RatedSpeed

TorqueRange

“R” Sideto Center Length Weight

Nm mm mmlb ft in in

EC_PB Pistol Tools

kg lbEC02PB-3 1650 1.5 - 3 1.1 - 2.2 18 0.7 196 7.7 0.8 1.7EC02PB-6 790 3 - 6 2.2 - 4.4 18 0.7 211 8.3 0.8 1.7EC02PB-10 490 5 - 10 4 - 7.4 18 0.7 211 8.3 0.8 1.8EC12PB-7 2175 3.5 - 7 2.5 - 5 20 0.8 236 9.3 0.9 1.9EC12PB-10 1510 5 - 10 4 - 7.4 20 0.8 236 9.3 0.9 1.9EC12PB-15 1040 7.5 - 15 5.5 - 11 20 0.8 211 8.3 0.9 1.9EC12PB-23 650 12 - 23 9 - 17 20 0.8 211 8.3 0.9 2.0EC22PB-13 1720 6.5 - 13 5 - 9.5 26 1.04 236 9.3 1 2.1EC22PB-21 1040 11 - 21 8 - 15.5 26 1.04 236 9.3 1 2.1EC22PB-31 650 16 - 31 12 - 23 26 1.04 236 9.3 1 2.2EC33PB-23 2115 12 - 23 9 - 17 26 1.04 287 11.3 1.6 3.5EC33PB-32 1425 16 - 32 12 - 24 26 1.04 287 11.3 1.6 3.5EC33PB-40 1125 20 - 40 15 - 30 26 1.04 287 11.3 1.6 3.5EC34PB1-48 1025 24 - 48 18 - 35 32 1.25 325 12.8 2.4 5.2EC34PB1-63 760 32 - 63 23 - 46 32 1.25 325 12.8 2.4 5.2EC34PB1-100 460 50 - 100 37 - 74 32 1.25 325 12.8 2.4 5.3EC44PB1-55 1230 28 - 55 20 - 40 32 1.25 351 13.8 2.6 5.7EC44PB1-75 890 38 - 75 28 - 55 32 1.25 351 13.8 2.6 5.7EC44PB1-100 660 50 - 100 37 - 74 32 1.25 351 13.8 2.6 5.7

RPMMODEL

RatedSpeed

TorqueRange

“R” Sideto Center

“H” HeadHeight

“L”Length Weight

Nm mm mmlb ft in in

EC_LA Angle Tools

mm in kg lbEC02LA10-3 1510 1.5 - 3 1.1 - 2.2 10 0.4 30 1.2 320 12.6 0.8 1.7EC02LA10-6 725 3 - 6 2.2 - 4.4 10 0.4 30 1.2 320 12.6 0.8 1.7EC02LA13-6 765 3 - 6 2.2 - 4.4 13 0.5 33 1.3 323 12.7 0.8 1.7EC02LA13-9 525 4.5 - 9 3.3 - 6.5 13 0.5 33 1.3 323 12.7 0.8 1.7EC12LA10-6 1995 3 - 6 2.2 - 4.4 10 0.4 30 1.2 320 12.6 0.8 1.7EC12LA13-10 1450 5 - 10 4 - 7.4 13 0.5 33 1.3 323 12.7 0.8 1.7EC12LA13-18 790 9 - 18 6.5 - 13 13 0.5 33 1.3 323 12.7 0.8 1.7EC12LA14-15 960 7.5 - 15 5.5 - 11 14 0.55 36 1.4 332 13.1 0.8 1.7EC12LA14-23 600 12 - 23 9 - 17 14 0.55 36 1.4 348 13.7 0.8 1.8EC22LA13-18 1260 5.4 - 18 4 - 13 13 0.5 33 1.3 345 13.6 1.1 2.5EC22LA14-23 1060 12 - 23 9 - 17 14 0.55 36 1.4 353 13.9 1.1 2.5EC22LA14-33 660 17 - 33 12 - 24 14 0.55 36 1.4 368 14.5 1.2 2.6EC22LA18-33 765 17 - 33 12 - 24 17.5 0.69 39 1.55 381 15.0 1.4 3.0EC33LA14-30 1505 15 - 30 11 - 22 14 0.55 36 1.4 417 16.4 1.4 3.1EC33LA14-35 1315 18 - 35 13 - 26 14 0.55 36 1.4 417 16.4 1.4 3.1EC33LA18-40 1090 20 - 40 15 - 30 17.5 0.69 39 1.55 445 17.5 1.5 3.5EC33LA18-46 950 23 - 46 17 - 34 17.5 0.69 39 1.55 445 17.5 1.5 3.5EC33LA19-60 725 30 - 60 22 - 44 19 0.75 49 1.9 445 17.5 1.8 4.0EC34LA19-70 660 35 - 70 26 - 51 19 0.75 49 1.9 465 18.3 2.1 4.6EC34LA19-80 545 40 - 80 30 - 59 19 0.75 49 1.9 465 18.3 2.1 4.6EC34LA22A-70 630 35 - 70 26 - 52 22 0.88 50 2 503 19.8 2.7 5.9EC34LA22A-90 520 45 - 90 33 - 66 22 0.88 50 2 503 19.8 2.7 5.9EC34LA22A-120 315 60 - 120 44 - 88.5 22 0.88 50 2 518 20.4 2.7 6.0EC34LA26-180 250 90 - 180 66 - 133 26 1.02 60 2.4 541 21.3 3.8 8.4EC43LA19-60 1035 30 - 60 22 - 44 19 0.75 49 1.9 470 18.5 2.0 4.4EC44LA19-66 955 33 - 66 25 - 49 19 0.75 49 1.9 490 19.3 2.3 5.0EC44LA19-80 790 40 - 80 30 - 59 19 0.75 49 1.9 490 19.3 2.3 5.0EC44LA22A-100 610 50 - 100 37 - 74 22 0.88 50 2 528 20.8 2.9 6.3EC44LA22A-120 450 60 - 120 44 - 88.5 22 0.88 50 2 528 20.8 2.9 6.3EC44LA26-180 355 60 - 120 44 - 88.5 26 1.02 60 2.4 566 22.3 3.5 7.8

RPMMODEL

Straight and pistol handle tools fit applicationswith direct access to the fastener.

Angle tools can accessfasteners in spaces notaccessible to straighttools.

RatedSpeed

TorqueRange

“R” Sideto Center

“T”Thickness

“L”Length Weight

Nm mm mmlb ft in in

EC_LC Crowfoot Tools

mm in kg lbEC12LC8U-13 695 6.5 - 13 5 - 9.5 13 0.5 16 0.64 383 15.1 1 2.2EC22LC8U-16 1110 8 - 16 6 - 12 13 0.5 16 0.64 404 15.9 1.5 3.4EC12LC106U-14 695 7 - 14 5 - 10 13 0.5 16 0.64 403 15.9 1.1 2.4EC22LC106U-16 1110 8 - 16 6 - 12 13 0.5 16 0.64 480 18.9 1.5 3.2EC22LC69U-15 860 7.5 - 15 5.5 - 11 16 0.63 16 0.64 450 17.7 2.2 4.8EC33LC69U-27 1070 14 - 27 10 - 20 16 0.63 16 0.64 523 20.6 2.2 5EC22LC13U-18 860 9 - 18 6.5 - 13 16 0.63 20.5 0.81 450 17.7 2.2 5EC33LC13U-30 1070 15 - 30 11 - 22 16 0.63 20.5 0.81 523 20.6 2.4 5.2EC22LC246U-20 765 10 - 20 7.5 - 15 16 0.63 20.5 0.81 450 17.7 2.2 5EC33LC246U-38 750 19 - 38 14 - 28 16 0.63 20.5 0.81 523 20.6 2.4 5.2EC22LC379U-30 430 15 - 30 11 - 22 16 0.63 15 0.58 411 16.2 1.6 3.6EC33LC29U-35 825 18 - 35 13 - 26 20.5 0.81 14 0.55 526 20.7 2.5 5.6EA34LC10U-49 550 25 - 49 18 - 36 20.5 0.81 28 1.1 610 24 3.4 7.4EA34LC10U-88 275 44 - 88 32 - 65 20.5 0.81 28 1.1 635 25 3.4 7.4EC44LC10U-88 480 44 - 88 32 - 65 20.5 0.81 28 1.1 660 26 3.5 7.8EC44LC31U-102 395 51 - 102 38 - 75 20.5 0.81 28 1.1 592 23.3 3 6.7

RPMMODEL

RatedSpeed Torque Range “R” Side

to Center Length Weight

Nm mm mmlb ft in in

EC_LB Straight Tools

kg lbEC02LB-3 1650 1.5 - 3 1.1 - 2.2 18 0.7 317 12.5 0.7 1.5EC02LB-6 790 3 - 6 2.2 - 4.4 18 0.7 332 13.1 0.7 1.5EC02LB-10 490 5 - 10 4 - 7.4 18 0.7 332 13.1 0.7 1.6EC12LB-7 2175 3.5 - 7 2.5 - 5 18 0.7 317 12.5 0.7 1.5EC12LB-10 1510 5 - 10 4 - 7.5 18 0.7 332 13.1 0.7 1.5EC12LB-15 1040 7.5 - 15 5.5 - 11 18 0.7 332 13.1 0.7 1.5EC12LB-23 650 12 - 23 9 - 17 18 0.7 348 13.7 0.7 1.6EC22LB-11 2400 5.5 - 11 4 - 8 21 0.8 361 14.2 1.0 2.3EC22LB-16 1665 8 - 16 6 - 12 21 0.8 361 14.2 1.0 2.3EC22LB-23 1150 12 - 23 9 - 17 21 0.8 361 14.2 1.0 2.3EC22LB-40 640 20 - 40 15 - 30 21 0.8 376 14.8 1.0 2.3EC33LB-23 2115 12 - 23 9 - 17 21 0.8 417 16.4 1.4 3.1EC33LB-32 1425 16 - 32 12 - 24 21 0.8 417 16.4 1.4 3.1EC33LB-40 1125 20 - 40 15 - 30 21 0.8 417 16.4 1.4 3.1EC34LB1-48 1025 24 - 48 18 - 35 25 1 470 18.5 1.9 4.2EC34LB1-63 760 32 - 63 23 - 46 25 1 470 18.5 1.9 4.2EC34LB1-100 460 50 - 100 37 - 74 25 1 470 18.5 1.95 4.3EC44LB1-55 1230 28 - 55 20 - 40 32 1.25 495 19.5 1.9 4.2EC44LB1-75 890 38 - 75 28 - 55 32 1.25 495 19.5 1.9 4.2EC44LB1-100 660 50 - 100 37 - 74 32 1.25 495 19.5 1.9 4.2

RPMMODEL

QPM CableUnrivaled durability minimizes the highest

cost of DC ownership – replacement cables.

RatedSpeed

TorqueRange

“R” Sideto Center

“T”Thickness

“L”Length Weight

Nm mm mmlb ft in in

EC_LT Tubenut Tools

mm in kg lbEC12LT252U-25 240 13 - 25 38247 13 0.5 14 0.54 467 18.4 1.6 3.6EC33LT252U-22 980 38312 38214 13 0.5 14 0.54 511 20.1 2.4 5.2EC33LT346U-23 1485 38343 38246 13 0.5 14 0.54 511 20.1 2.2 4.9EC33LT74U-30 1080 15 - 30 38312 18.5 0.73 14.5 0.57 516 20.3 2.4 5.3EC22LT264U-22 515 38312 38214 21.3 0.84 18 0.7 460 18.1 2 4.3EC33LT264U-44 560 22 - 44 16 - 32 21.3 0.84 18 0.7 533 21 2.1 4.6EA34LT23U-41 750 21 - 41 15 - 30 18.5 0.73 23 0.92 574 22.6 3.5 7.7EA34LT99AU-62 495 31 - 62 23 - 46 26 1.03 19.5 0.77 605 23.8 3.9 8.5EC44LT20U-102 420 51 - 102 38 - 75 26 1.03 32 1.25 617 24.3 4.2 9.3

RPMMODEL

Crowfoot nutrunners have a range of sizes and torque levels toaccess fasteners in unique, hard to reach applications.

Tubenut nutrunners have open sockets thatenable the tool end to be put over a tube, hose,or other tubular connection to secure a fitting

Page 98:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Setup, import or export job parameters for backup or restore.

When connected to a PC, rundowns can be storedfor analysis. The Theta controller also stores the

last 100 rundowns for analysis at anytime.

The Parameter Wizard makes setup aseasy as 1-2-3.

Trace: Displays the trace for thelast rundown.

Tool Diagnostics - Monitor live status oftorque, angle, voltage and temperature.

I/O Diagnostics - View or force status ofany 24V input or output.

Displays a trace of the last rundown.

• Job wizard simplifies setup• 16 Job setups can include bolt counting from the controller • Stores the last 100 rundowns for analysis at anytime• Tool diagnostics and maintenance intervals• Serial network communication for error proofing and data collection

Controller

Numerickeypad

1. Set the target torque fromthe keypad

2. Lights and display showtorque OK or NOK after thetightening cycle

Controller• Large display for job setup

and rundown results • Job setup from the keypad

• Two job setups selectable atthe tool

• Error proofing capablethrough 24V I/O

SIMPLE SETUP

A large datadisplay withkeypadnavigation.

Increases or decreasesvalues

Selects menuoptions

Keypadnavigation.

A gateway installed on a PC,provides a web-based interfacecalled Embedded Toolbox. The

intuitive interface makes it a breezeto set up jobs, analyze rundown data

and view the current trace.

CONTROLLERS OFFER EMBEDDED TOOLBOX SOFTWARE

A large data display withkeypad navigation.

TARGETTorque Target

Torque ToleranceTorque Units

Calibration ValueMinimum Angle

Cycle Abort Time

TOOLMFB Tap MFB HoldStart LeverPush-to-StartStart LatchThread Direction

SPEEDAssembly Speed

Assembly AccelerationDownshift SpeedDownshift Torque

Disassembly SpeedDisassembly Acceleration

I/OCycle OK Output TimerCycle NOK Output TImerSync Mode

ABOUTController Software

Tool Software

DIAGNOSTIC24V I/O DiagnosticPreventative Maintenance

CounterPreventative Maintenance

ThresholdPreventative Maintenance

Reset

Stanley Controller Bro 2008:Layout 1 9/17/08 11:29 AM Page 4

Page 99:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Setup, import or export job parameters for backup or restore.

When connected to a PC, rundowns can be storedfor analysis. The Theta controller also stores the

last 100 rundowns for analysis at anytime.

The Parameter Wizard makes setup aseasy as 1-2-3.

Trace: Displays the trace for thelast rundown.

Tool Diagnostics - Monitor live status oftorque, angle, voltage and temperature.

I/O Diagnostics - View or force status ofany 24V input or output.

Displays a trace of the last rundown.

• Job wizard simplifies setup• 16 Job setups can include bolt counting from the controller • Stores the last 100 rundowns for analysis at anytime• Tool diagnostics and maintenance intervals• Serial network communication for error proofing and data collection

Controller

Numerickeypad

1. Set the target torque fromthe keypad

2. Lights and display showtorque OK or NOK after thetightening cycle

Controller• Large display for job setup

and rundown results • Job setup from the keypad

• Two job setups selectable atthe tool

• Error proofing capablethrough 24V I/O

SIMPLE SETUP

A large datadisplay withkeypadnavigation.

Increases or decreasesvalues

Selects menuoptions

Keypadnavigation.

A gateway installed on a PC,provides a web-based interfacecalled Embedded Toolbox. The

intuitive interface makes it a breezeto set up jobs, analyze rundown data

and view the current trace.

CONTROLLERS OFFER EMBEDDED TOOLBOX SOFTWARE

A large data display withkeypad navigation.

TARGETTorque Target

Torque ToleranceTorque Units

Calibration ValueMinimum Angle

Cycle Abort Time

TOOLMFB Tap MFB HoldStart LeverPush-to-StartStart LatchThread Direction

SPEEDAssembly Speed

Assembly AccelerationDownshift SpeedDownshift Torque

Disassembly SpeedDisassembly Acceleration

I/OCycle OK Output TimerCycle NOK Output TImerSync Mode

ABOUTController Software

Tool Software

DIAGNOSTIC24V I/O DiagnosticPreventative Maintenance

CounterPreventative Maintenance

ThresholdPreventative Maintenance

Reset

Stanley Controller Bro 2008:Layout 1 9/17/08 11:29 AM Page 4

Page 100:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Green is EURO CUT Pink is USA CUT

Power Switch

Power ReceptacleAuto Detects115 or 230 VAC

24 VDC4 Inputs/4 OutputsConnector

20A Fuse

SerialConnector

Support

ToolConnector

Power Switch

Power ReceptacleAuto Detects115 or 230 VAC

24 VDC4 Inputs/4 OutputsConnector

20A Fuse

SerialConnector

for PC

SerialNetwork

Connector

ToolConnector

Controller Connectivity

© 2008 The Stanley Works All Rights Reserved. ECPT0908 Enu

Tau and Theta Controller Description15w x 36h x 20d cm

6w x 14h x 8d inWt. 6.7 kg (15 lb)

Power Supply: 24VDC / 1A InternalReady for External Job Select

Power Source: Auto Detect 115 VAC 60 Hz, 230 VAC 50 HzHumidity: 0 to 95 % non-cond.

Temperature: 32 - 122° F ( 0 - 50° C)

& Tightening Systems

WIN THE RACE FOR GLOBAL QUALITY

Stanley Controller Bro 2008:Layout 1 9/17/08 11:27 AM Page 1

Page 101:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Accurate and Productive Torque Traceability

Assembly Technologies

Page 102:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Easy Torque Wrench Integrates Transducer Torque Control to Your Plant Information System• Easy Torque transducer activates at snug torque

• Green or red lights indicate target torque OK or NOK to the operator

• Wireless RF communication sends maximum torque value and wrench number to receiver with USB or RS-232 outputs to plant PLC, PC or Stanley interface products

• 24V outputs enable error-proofing

Ratchet pre-tightening curves

Release Reload

Maximum Torque

Target Torque

Standby Mode Transmission and/or display

Standby Mode

Torque

Time

Wireless transmission of the maximum torque eliminates transcription errors for total traceability

Plant Information Systems

Page 103:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Wrench LED’s give the operator instant feedback for real-time control of the fastening process

RS 232

12V Power Input

USB Power Indicator

Communicate LED

USB

24V I/O

OPERATOR 1 OPERATOR 4OPERATOR 2 and 3

CHANNEL 1 CHANNEL 1CHANNEL 2

• 50 wrenches maximum per receiver

• Maximum 2 users per receiver at the same time

• Single wrench to multiple receivers expands the work area

Displays results for as many as 4 wrenches by Wrench num-ber, Measurement No. sent by the wrench, maximum torque, and a green or red hexagon for OK or NOK

PC Software can configure the system and monitor results

Wrench data includes software version, serial No., date of manufacture, wrench capacity, capacity with accessory, date of last calibration, number of torquing operations since the date of manufacture, number of over-torques (requires recalibration) and number of loosening operations.

System flexibility locates the wrench on the job

Page 104:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

TEChnICAl SPECIfICATIonS

Precision: Mechanical ±4% conforms with ISO 6789 electronic ±4% of the measured value

frequency: 869MHz EU countries or 915MHz USA

Batteries: 3.5V,700mAh, rechargeable in 3 hoursDischarge: 120 hrs standby or 15,000 tightening cyclesConnection: USB, RS232, PNP 24V

operating system: Windows XP operating temperature: 0°C to +40°CStorage temperature: -20°C to +70°C

EASY ToRQUE MoDElS

Stanley Assembly Technolgies www.StanleyAssembly.com

WORLD HEADQUARTERS 5335 Avion Park DriveCleveland, Ohio 44143-2328USA Tel: +1 (440) 461-5500Fax: +1 (440) 461-5592

STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIES (UK)Gowerton RoadBrackmills, Northhampton NN4 7BW, England Tel: +44 (1604) 827247Fax: +44 (1604) 827277

STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIES (ITALY)Divisione Assembly Technologies47 Via Parco, 20046 Biassono (MI)Tel: +39 (039) 2389.1Fax: +39 (039) 2389970

STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIESEurope, China & India HeadquartersOutils Portatifs et Systemes d’AssemblageZone Immoparc bat Loire 4, 78190 Trappes, FranceTel: +33 (1) 3050 9100Fax: +33 (1) 3051 0708

STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIES (GERMANY)Frankfurter Straße 74D-64521 Groß-Gerau, GermanyTel: +49 (0) 6152 8052-0Fax: +49 (0) 6152 8052-22

SALES AND SUPPORT AMERICAS/ASIA-PACIFICApplications and Productivity Center1875 Research Drive Suite 200, Troy, MI 48083USA Tel: 1 (248) 824-1100Fax: +1 (248) 824-1110Toll Free Service: (877) 787-7830Toll Free Sales: (877) 709-8006

STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIES (CHINA)Room 1908, Shanghaimart Tower2299 Yan An Road West, Shanghai 200336, ChinaTel: 011-86-21-3208-4550Fax: 011-86-21-6236-0191

STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIES (JAPAN)110 Sanmai-ChoKanagawa-KuYokohama 221-0862, JapanTel: 81 45 413 3030Fax: 81 45 413 3031

STANLEY ASSEMBLY TECHNOLOGIES (INDIA)A.B.House 4/24A, Asaf Ali Road New Delhi-110002, India [email protected]: +91 (11) 43569000 ext:102 - Fax: +91 (11) 43569069

WREnChES (Includes ratchet drive)869 Mhz

EU Models

915 Mhz US

Models Torque RangeDrive

Interfacelength

without Drive

Weight without

DriveSquareDrive

length with Drive

Weight with Drive

Standard Deflection (5°) nm ft lb ref mm mm in kg lb mm in kg lb

C5-25 CS5-25 5 - 25 4 - 18 9 x 12 348 13.7” 0.75 1.65 1/4” 377 14.8” 0.8 1.8

C10-50 CS10-50 10 - 50 7 - 37 9 x 12 418 16.5” 0.95 2.1 3/8” 453 17.8” 1.1 2.4

C25-130 CS25 -130 25 - 130 18 - 96 9 x 12 451 17.75” 1.1 2.4 1/2” 486 19.1” 1.25 2.75

C40-200 CS40-200 40 - 200 30 - 147 14 x 18 516 20.3” 1.3 2.9 1/2” 564 22.2” 1.6 3.5

C60-340 CS60-340 60 - 340 44 - 250 14 x 18 588 23.15” 1.5 3.3 1/2” 636 25 ” 1.8 3.9

Long Deflection (20°) nm ft lb ref mm mm in kg lb mm in kg lb

CD5-25 CSD5-25 5 - 25 4 - 18 9 x 12 340 13.4” 0.7 1.5 1/4” 369 14.5” 0.8 1.7

CD10-50 CSD10-50 10 - 50 7 - 37 9 x 12 366 14.4” 0.8 1.75 3/8” 401 15.8” 0.9 2.1

CD25-130 CSD25-130 25 - 130 18 - 96 9 x 12 464 18.3” 1.1 2.4 1/2” 499 19.6” 1.25 2.75

RECEIvERS & ACCESSoRIES 869 Mhz

EU Models

915 Mhz US

Models Description

1 C-AlIM-C Wrench Charger

2 C-AlIM-R CS-AlIM-R Receiver Power Supply

3 C-BAT Battery pack spares

4 C-CAl CS-CAl Calibration box

5 C-RECEPT CS-RECEPT Radio receiver

C-KIT-1 CS-KIT-1 Includes 1, 2, 4, 5

C-KIT-2 CS-KIT-2 Includes 1, 2, 5

oUTPUT ATTAChMEnTS 9X12mm DRIvE InTERfACE 14X18mm DRIvE InTERfACE

Part no

open End Size Part no

open End Size Part no

Box End Size

Part no

open End Size Part no

open End Size Part no

open End Size Part no

Box End Size Part no

open End Size

10.7 7mm 10.3/8 3/8” 12.12 12mm 12.1/4 1/4” 11.13 13mm 11.1/2 1/2” 13.13 13mm 13.32 32mm

10.8 8mm 10.7/16 7/16” 12.13 13mm 12.3/8 3/8” 11.14 14mm 11.9/16 9/16” 13.14 14mm 13.34 34mm

10.9 9mm 10.9/16 9/16” 12.14 14mm 12.1/2 1/2” 11.15 15mm 11.5/8 5/8” 13.15 15mm 13.36 36mm

10.11 11mm 10.5/8 5/8” 12.15 15mm 12.7/16 7/16” 11.16 16mm 11.11/16 11/16” 13.16 16mm 13.1/2 1/2”

10.12 12mm 10.11/16 11/16” 12.16 16mm 12.9/16 9/16” 11.17 17mm 11.3/4 3/4” 13.17 17mm 13.9/16 9/16”

10.13 13mm 10.3/4 3/4” 12.17 17mm 12.5/8 5/8” 11.18 18mm 11.13/16 13/16” 13.18 18mm 13.3/4 3/4”

10.14 14mm 12.18 18mm 12.11/16 11/16” 11.19 19mm 11.7/8 7/8” 13.19 19mm 13.5/8 5/8”

10.15 15mm 12.19 19mm 12.3/4 3/4” 11.21 21mm 11.15/16 15/16” 13.21 21mm 13.11/16 11/16”

10.16 16mm

Part no

Box End Size SD (Ratchet) Square Drive

11.22 22mm 11.1’1/16 1-1/16” 13.22 22mm 13.1’1/16 1-1/16”

10.17 17mm 12.7 7mm S.372V 1/2” S.373 1/2” (A) 11.23 23mm 11.1’1/4 1-1/4” 13.23 23mm 13.1’1/4 1-1/4”

10.18 18mm 12.8 8mm S.372 1/2” (A) R.373 1/4” 11.24 24mm SD (Ratchet) 13.24 24mm 13.13/16 13/16”

10.19 19mm 12.9 9mm R.372 1/4” J.373 3/8” (A) 11.27 27mm S.382V 1/2” 13.27 27mm 13.7/8 7/8”

10.1/4 1/4 12.1 10mm J.372V 3/8” 11.3 30 mm S.382 1/2” (A) 13.3 30mm 13.15/16 15/16”

10.5/16 5/16 12.11 11mm J.372 3/8” (A) 11.32 32 mm Square Drive 13.1’5/16 1- 5/16”

(A) uses S.305P Pivot Handle S.383 1/2” (A)

Page 105:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

ErgoTorq™ Ergonomic AccessoriesImprove safety, ergonomics, quality and tooling reliability

ErgoTorq Accessories can help to improve:Ergonomics -significantly reduce the transfer of vibration to the operator.

Safety - minimize the pinch hazard between the tool and the extension.

Product Quality - reduce the potential for product damage by helping to prevent tool contact with finished surfaces and cross-threading caused by improper fastener installation.

Tool Torque Quality - assure more consistent driving torque and improve capability.

Tooling Reliability - ErgoTorq accessories incorporate a heavy-duty bearing that minimizes wobble and reduces side-loading to reduce premature tool wear and improve tool reliability.

ErgoTorq™ Guided CollarsMinimize tool vibration from

sockets and extensions

What do our customershave to say about the

ErgoTorq product?

”We have prevented countless operator injuries by using

these products, and I would recommend their use to anyone

who is interested in employee safety.”

Advanced Quality Engineer - Automotive Seating Company Corporate. Headquarters

”These products extended socket and extension life on one application in particular, from 3-4 days

to 3-4 weeks.”Tooling Engineer - Automotive Assembly Plant

Georgetown, KY

”We have extended the life of our attachments and tooling as well as reduced vibration levels experienced by tooling operator, while improving the

CPK consistency of our tool torques.”Tooling Engineer - Automotive Seating Company

St. Thomas, ON Canada

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

Vibration levelsreduced by 72%

Vibration levelsreduced by 71%

Without ErgoTorq

With ErgoTorq

Peak

vib

ratio

n le

vels

in/s

ec2

Independent tests shows ErgoTorq™ GuidedExtension Collars reduce vibration by 72%!

ErgoTorq Guided Collars use a heavy-duty bearing that minimizes wobble and reduces side-loading to reduce premature tool wear and improve tool reliability. Either extension or socket collars are available.

Assembly TechnologiesToll-Free: (877) 709-8006

Tel: (440) 461-5500www.StanleyAssembly.com

Page 106:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

A steel support sleeveensures the tool drive axisand the collar are concentricwith each other.

UHMW polyethylenesleeve provides aslight interference fitwith the attachmentand reduces wobble.

The collar mounts to theoriginal tool packing capor reaction bar nut.

Three dog-point set screws(not shown) lock the main bodyonto the steel support sleeve.

Ball bearings allow free movement of theattachment while reducing side loading forcesto the square drive and inner drive components.

An aluminum mainbody minimizes weight.

ErgoTorq™ Guided Collars

Rugged, reliable ErgoTorq™ PinchPointProtectors are easy to install and use:

ErgoTorq™ PinchPoint ProtectorsMinimize operator pinch hazard at the socket-tool interface

QPM PinchPoint Protectors

Part No. Output Sq. Drive

20D243002 A13 3/8”

20D243103 A14 3/8”

20D243202 A18 3/8”

20D243205 A18 1/2”

20D243302 A19 3/8”

20D243305 A19 1/2”

20D243405 A22 1/2”

PinchPoint Protectors replace standard packing caps on QPM angle-head outputs.

Rugged UHMW polyethylene sleeved construction provides outstanding strength and durability.

I.D. clearance allows sockets to turn freely.

Hollow lock set screws enable access to the square drive release pin for fast, easy socket installation and removal.

ErgoTorq™ is a registered trademark of Ergonomic Specialties

QPM Guided Extention Collars QPM Guided Socket Collars

Collar Part No. Output Sq. Drive Collar Part No. Output Sq. Drive

20D243003 A13 3/8” 20D243001 A13 3/8”

20D243104 A14 3/8” 20D243101 A14 3/8”

20D243203 A18 3/8” 20D243201 A18 3/8”

20D243206 A18 1/2” 20D243204 A18 1/2”

20D243303 A19 3/8” 20D243301 A19 3/8”

20D243306 A19 1/2” 20D243304 A19 1/2”

20D243406 A22 1/2” 20D243404 A22 1/2”

Each collar requires one extention from the table below

Extension Length

Standard Ultralite

3/8 SD P/N 1/2 SD P/N 3/8 SD P/N 1/2 SD P/N

4" (10cm) 20D124204 20D124304 20D124404 20D124504

6" (15cm) 20D124206 20D124306 20D124406 20D124506

8" (20cm) 20D124208 20D124308 20D124408 20D124508

10" (25cm) 20D124210 20D124310 20D124410 20D124510

12" (30cm) 20D124212 20D124312 20D124412 20D124512

Ultralight extensions offer up to 50% weight reduction over standard extensions.

Assembly TechnologiesToll-Free: (877) 709-8006

Tel: (440) 461-5500www.StanleyAssembly.com

Page 107:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Driving Fastener Access

Sockets Matched to the Tool Optimizes Performance

Standard and Special Socket CapabilityUser Configured Standard Part Number defines socket for headgeometry, size and extension length.

Includes single hex, double hex, surface drive and fast lead.

Extension in 3mm or 1/8” increments to 51mm or 2”.

Special options include other fastener types,magnetic sockets and special extension lengths.

© 2008 The Stanley Works All Rights Reserved. SpecHd0808 Enu

Page 108:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

ed

Travel

Bolt

NutTang Holder

MinimumSocket Size

Female Torx Female Hex Rectangular

Typical Tang Options

d

Bolt

Nut

Bit Holder

Bit

MinimumSocket Size

Travel

Male Hex Male Torx

Typical Bit Options

A tang holds the boltwhile the nut is

tightened

A bit holds the boltwhile the nut is

tightened

Hold and drive tools simultaneously hold the bolt whilethe nut is tightened. A formed end on the bolt interfaceswith a mating tang holder or bit to prevent bolt rotation.

The non-rotating tang holder or bit retracts into the tool toallow the rotating socket to engage the nut.

Reach for 0extended socket(both tang and bit)

Reach for 0extended socket(both tang and bit)

Hold and DriveNew “N” Style outputs

eliminate travel projectionabove the head

OutputSize

Travel(Inches)

Max NmRatings

Max ft lbRatings

“R”HeadRadius

Nm

“H” HeadHeight

ft lb

Output Dimensions

MinimumReach

mm in mm in mm in

OutputSize

“H” HeadHeight

MinimumReach

mm inmm inH18 1 46 34 17.5 0.69 109 4.3 52 2.0H18 2 46 34 17.5 0.69 142 5.6 85 3.3H22 1 120 88 22 0.88 118 4.7 51 2.0 N22 99 3.9 32 1.3H22 2 120 88 22 0.88 144 5.7 81 3.2 N22 137 5.4 73 2.9H26 1 221 163 26 1.02 114 4.6 43 1.7 N26 96 3.8 30 1.2H26 2 221 163 26 1.02 140 5.6 73 2.9H32 1 380 281 32 1.25 155 6.1 60 2.4H32 2 380 281 32 1.25 180 7.1 87 3.4

Hold and Drive Tools Hold the BoltWhile the Nut is Tightened

Hundreds of outputdesigns enable solutions that fit yourapplication. Stanley manufactures a completerange of outputs to access all types of threadedfasteners. By controlling both the design of thetool and the output, Stanley can properly match components in thetool design to help optimize performance and long life. With over 40years of experience in developing standard and special outputs, Stanleyhas the expertise to handle the most challenging fastening requirements.

HOLD AND DRIVETorque Range:11 to 380 Nm

TUBENUTTorque Range:4 to 180 Nm

CROWFOOTTorque Range:4 to 880 Nmand higher

FLUSH ANGLETorque Range:3 to 360 Nm

Stanley Specialty Outputs

Drive Fastener Access• Torque Levels From 3 to 880 Nm and Higher• Hundreds of Unique Designs From Over 40 Years Experience• Outputs Matched to the Tool Helps Optimize Performance

Page 109:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Stanley StandardClearance Height

Flush AngleClearance Height

130

110

90

70

50

30

10Torque (Nm)

Angle Output/Standard Socket

Flush Socket Angle Output

“R” Side toCenter (mm)

Clearance Height (mm)

Flush angle tools can accessvertical spaces 40-55% lowerthan Stanley standard angletools at similar torque levels.

Flush socketangle heads, withthe needed socketsize built into theangle head, allow

access in smaller spaces.

OutputSize

Max NmRatings

Max ft lbRatings

“R”HeadRadius

Nm

ClearanceHeight

ft lb

Output Dimensions

Max SocketDiameter

mm in mm in mm inA13 18 13 13 0.5 35 1.4 10 0.38A14 33 24 14 0.55 33 1.3 13 0.50A18 46 34 17.5 0.69 44 1.7 17 0.62A19 80 59 19 0.75 49 1.9 17 0.62A22 120 88 22 0.88 51 2.0 19 0.75A26 221 163 26 1.02 66 2.6 22 0.87A32 380 281 32 1.25 70 2.7 27 1.06

Flush Angle Tools Can Access Smaller Vertical SpacesThan Stanley Standard Angle Heads

Multiple spindles help toimprove productivity

Fixtured CrowfootSolutions to 2000 Nm

Crowfoot Hold and Drive Tools Improve Access

Flush Angle

Special socket inserts simplify size changes.

Page 110:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Green is EURO CUT Pink is USA CUT

New Indexable Crowfoot and Tubenut Assembly • Common angle heads fit a range of crowfoot or

tubenut designs. The user can change andindex assemblies right on the shop floor -with no welding required!

• New crowfoot and tubenut assemblieshave lower torque input that helps toreduce bevel gear wear as compared towelded versions.

CrowfootAngle crowfoot outputs fit most applications. Vertical crowfoot outputs fit

applications where thefastener is parallel

to the accessdirection.

Tubenut

Angle Output

MaximumTorque

Max HexSize “W” Width “R”Nose

Radius

Nm mm

“T” Thickness

mmft lb in in

Output Dimensions

“P” Reach

mm in mm in mm in

ΔP ReachIncrement

mm in

VerticalOutput

IndexableOutput

AngleOutput

“P”Reach

mm in

Angle Output

MaximumTorque

Max HexSize

Max TubeSize Width

Nm mm

“R” NoseRadius

mmft lb in in

Output Dimensions

“T”Thickness

mm in mm in mm in

“P” Reach

mm in

“P2”Reach

VerticalOutput

IndexableOutput

mm in

Angle tubenut outputs fit most applications. Vertical tubenut outputs fitapplications where the fasteneris parallel to the accessdirection.

Indexable outputs enable on the job adjustment of the

crowfoot or tubenutorientation without

welding.

Four output styles and many standard designs enable unique geometries that fit the application.

Tubenut nutrunnershave open sockets

that enable thetool end to be

put over atube, hose, or

other tubularconnection tosecure a fitting.

Crowfoot nutrunnerscan access

fasteners inunique, hard

to accessspaces.

Tighteningtorque can

range from fourto over 800 Nm.

of Crowfoot and Tubenut Options Drive Fasteners in Hard to Access Spaces

Inlineversionof T346

C8 16 12 13 1/2 25 1 13 0.5 16 0.63 45 1.75 20 0.8 C61 C804 C311 85 3.33C106 16 12 13 1/2 25 1 13 0.5 16 0.63 65 2.55 20 0.8 C263 C805C69 27 20 13 1/2 32 1.25 13.5 0.53 16 0.63 47 1.86 23 0.9 C802 C173 93 3.66C379 32 22 13 1/2 32 1.25 13.5 0.53 16 0.63 45 1.76 23 0.9C13 35 22 13 1/2 32 1.25 13.5 0.53 21 0.8 47 1.86 23 0.9 C94 C800 C308 70 2.76C246 38 28 13 1/2 32 1.25 16 0.63 21 0.8 48 1.9 23 0.9 C803 C297 71 2.8C29 31 23 19 3/4 38 1.5 20.5 0.81 14 0.55 43 1.7 32 1.25 C221 C804 C121 138 5.5C35 31 23 19 3/4 38 1.5 20.5 0.81 14 0.55 75 3 32 1.25 C152 C809C31 88 65 19 3/4 38 1.5 20.5 0.81 28 1.1 38 1.5 32 1.25 C22 134 5.3C10 88 65 19 3/4 38 1.5 20.5 0.81 28 1.1 71 2.8 32 1.25 C126 C807 C172 166 6.5C5 88 65 19 3/4 38 1.5 20.5 0.81 28 1.1 102 4 32 1.25 C83C85 149 110 27 1 1/8 59 2.3 29 1.16 22 0.9 58 2.3 45 1.8 C155C21 216 159 27 1 1/8 59 2.3 29 1.16 31 1.2 58 2.3 45 1.8 C225 C284 147 5.8C98 216 159 27 1 1/8 59 2.3 29 1.16 31 1.2 103 4.1 45 1.8C50 407 300 41 1 5/8 78 3.1 39 1.53 36 1.4 88 3.45 65 2.55 C76 152 6C409 880 650 44 1 3/4 95 3.75 51 2 44 1.7 164 6.43 74 2.93 C293 238 9.36

Inlineversionof C69

Inline

Inline outputs lower the tool height and weight as compared to

angle versions.

T224 16 12 11 7/16 6 1/4 31 1.2 13 0.5 13 0.5 50 1.97 32 1.3 T259T280 16 12 11 7/16 7 1/5 31 1.2 13 0.5 13 0.5 93 3.67 84 3.3T346 25 18 13 1/2 8 5/16 42 1.65 13 0.5 14 0.54 34 1.34 15 0.6 T801T252 25 18 13 1/2 8 5/16 42 1.65 13 0.5 14 0.54 56 2.2 14 0.6T74 30 22 18 11/16 11 7/16 48 1.9 18.5 0.73 14 0.56 47 1.86 21 0.8 T265 T805T286 30 22 18 11/16 11 7/16 48 1.9 18.5 0.73 14 0.56 76 3 21 0.8T157 36 26 19 3/4 11 7/16 48 1.9 18.5 0.73 16 0.64 47 1.86 21 0.8T23 41 30 18 11/16 11 7/16 48 1.9 18.5 0.73 23 0.9 44 1.7 21 0.8 T84 T811T264 45 33 24 15/16 13 1/2 54 2.1 21 0.84 18 0.7 77 3 31 1.2T99 62 46 27 1 1/8 19 3/4 75 2.9 26 1.03 19.5 0.77 65 2.6 30 1.15 T171 T810T20 102 75 27 1 1/8 19 3/4 75 2.9 26 1.03 32 1.25 65 2.6 30 1.15T424 180 132 32 1 1/4 19 3/4 100 3.94 31 1.2 30 1.18 74 2.9 34 1.34

Stanley DrivingFastenerAccess:Layout 1 9/11/08 8:51 AM Page 4

Page 111:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Green is EURO CUT Pink is USA CUT

New Indexable Crowfoot and Tubenut Assembly • Common angle heads fit a range of crowfoot or

tubenut designs. The user can change andindex assemblies right on the shop floor -with no welding required!

• New crowfoot and tubenut assemblieshave lower torque input that helps toreduce bevel gear wear as compared towelded versions.

CrowfootAngle crowfoot outputs fit most applications. Vertical crowfoot outputs fit

applications where thefastener is parallel

to the accessdirection.

Tubenut

Angle Output

MaximumTorque

Max HexSize “W” Width “R”Nose

Radius

Nm mm

“T” Thickness

mmft lb in in

Output Dimensions

“P” Reach

mm in mm in mm in

ΔP ReachIncrement

mm in

VerticalOutput

IndexableOutput

AngleOutput

“P”Reach

mm in

Angle Output

MaximumTorque

Max HexSize

Max TubeSize Width

Nm mm

“R” NoseRadius

mmft lb in in

Output Dimensions

“T”Thickness

mm in mm in mm in

“P” Reach

mm in

“P2”Reach

VerticalOutput

IndexableOutput

mm in

Angle tubenut outputs fit most applications. Vertical tubenut outputs fitapplications where the fasteneris parallel to the accessdirection.

Indexable outputs enable on the job adjustment of the

crowfoot or tubenutorientation without

welding.

Four output styles and many standard designs enable unique geometries that fit the application.

Tubenut nutrunnershave open sockets

that enable thetool end to be

put over atube, hose, or

other tubularconnection tosecure a fitting.

Crowfoot nutrunnerscan access

fasteners inunique, hard

to accessspaces.

Tighteningtorque can

range from fourto over 800 Nm.

of Crowfoot and Tubenut Options Drive Fasteners in Hard to Access Spaces

Inlineversionof T346

C8 16 12 13 1/2 25 1 13 0.5 16 0.63 45 1.75 20 0.8 C61 C804 C311 85 3.33C106 16 12 13 1/2 25 1 13 0.5 16 0.63 65 2.55 20 0.8 C263 C805C69 27 20 13 1/2 32 1.25 13.5 0.53 16 0.63 47 1.86 23 0.9 C802 C173 93 3.66C379 32 22 13 1/2 32 1.25 13.5 0.53 16 0.63 45 1.76 23 0.9C13 35 22 13 1/2 32 1.25 13.5 0.53 21 0.8 47 1.86 23 0.9 C94 C800 C308 70 2.76C246 38 28 13 1/2 32 1.25 16 0.63 21 0.8 48 1.9 23 0.9 C803 C297 71 2.8C29 31 23 19 3/4 38 1.5 20.5 0.81 14 0.55 43 1.7 32 1.25 C221 C804 C121 138 5.5C35 31 23 19 3/4 38 1.5 20.5 0.81 14 0.55 75 3 32 1.25 C152 C809C31 88 65 19 3/4 38 1.5 20.5 0.81 28 1.1 38 1.5 32 1.25 C22 134 5.3C10 88 65 19 3/4 38 1.5 20.5 0.81 28 1.1 71 2.8 32 1.25 C126 C807 C172 166 6.5C5 88 65 19 3/4 38 1.5 20.5 0.81 28 1.1 102 4 32 1.25 C83C85 149 110 27 1 1/8 59 2.3 29 1.16 22 0.9 58 2.3 45 1.8 C155C21 216 159 27 1 1/8 59 2.3 29 1.16 31 1.2 58 2.3 45 1.8 C225 C284 147 5.8C98 216 159 27 1 1/8 59 2.3 29 1.16 31 1.2 103 4.1 45 1.8C50 407 300 41 1 5/8 78 3.1 39 1.53 36 1.4 88 3.45 65 2.55 C76 152 6C409 880 650 44 1 3/4 95 3.75 51 2 44 1.7 164 6.43 74 2.93 C293 238 9.36

Inlineversionof C69

Inline

Inline outputs lower the tool height and weight as compared to

angle versions.

T224 16 12 11 7/16 6 1/4 31 1.2 13 0.5 13 0.5 50 1.97 32 1.3 T259T280 16 12 11 7/16 7 1/5 31 1.2 13 0.5 13 0.5 93 3.67 84 3.3T346 25 18 13 1/2 8 5/16 42 1.65 13 0.5 14 0.54 34 1.34 15 0.6 T801T252 25 18 13 1/2 8 5/16 42 1.65 13 0.5 14 0.54 56 2.2 14 0.6T74 30 22 18 11/16 11 7/16 48 1.9 18.5 0.73 14 0.56 47 1.86 21 0.8 T265 T805T286 30 22 18 11/16 11 7/16 48 1.9 18.5 0.73 14 0.56 76 3 21 0.8T157 36 26 19 3/4 11 7/16 48 1.9 18.5 0.73 16 0.64 47 1.86 21 0.8T23 41 30 18 11/16 11 7/16 48 1.9 18.5 0.73 23 0.9 44 1.7 21 0.8 T84 T811T264 45 33 24 15/16 13 1/2 54 2.1 21 0.84 18 0.7 77 3 31 1.2T99 62 46 27 1 1/8 19 3/4 75 2.9 26 1.03 19.5 0.77 65 2.6 30 1.15 T171 T810T20 102 75 27 1 1/8 19 3/4 75 2.9 26 1.03 32 1.25 65 2.6 30 1.15T424 180 132 32 1 1/4 19 3/4 100 3.94 31 1.2 30 1.18 74 2.9 34 1.34

Stanley DrivingFastenerAccess:Layout 1 9/11/08 8:51 AM Page 4

Page 112:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Stanley StandardClearance Height

Flush AngleClearance Height

130

110

90

70

50

30

10Torque (Nm)

Angle Output/Standard Socket

Flush Socket Angle Output

“R” Side toCenter (mm)

Clearance Height (mm)

Flush angle tools can accessvertical spaces 40-55% lowerthan Stanley standard angletools at similar torque levels.

Flush socketangle heads, withthe needed socketsize built into theangle head, allow

access in smaller spaces.

OutputSize

Max NmRatings

Max ft lbRatings

“R”HeadRadius

Nm

ClearanceHeight

ft lb

Output Dimensions

Max SocketDiameter

mm in mm in mm inA13 18 13 13 0.5 35 1.4 10 0.38A14 33 24 14 0.55 33 1.3 13 0.50A18 46 34 17.5 0.69 44 1.7 17 0.62A19 80 59 19 0.75 49 1.9 17 0.62A22 120 88 22 0.88 51 2.0 19 0.75A26 221 163 26 1.02 66 2.6 22 0.87A32 380 281 32 1.25 70 2.7 27 1.06

Flush Angle Tools Can Access Smaller Vertical SpacesThan Stanley Standard Angle Heads

Multiple spindles help toimprove productivity

Fixtured CrowfootSolutions to 2000 Nm

Crowfoot Hold and Drive Tools Improve Access

Flush Angle

Special socket inserts simplify size changes.

Page 113:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

ed

Travel

Bolt

NutTang Holder

MinimumSocket Size

Female Torx Female Hex Rectangular

Typical Tang Options

d

Bolt

Nut

Bit Holder

Bit

MinimumSocket Size

Travel

Male Hex Male Torx

Typical Bit Options

A tang holds the boltwhile the nut is

tightened

A bit holds the boltwhile the nut is

tightened

Hold and drive tools simultaneously hold the bolt whilethe nut is tightened. A formed end on the bolt interfaceswith a mating tang holder or bit to prevent bolt rotation.

The non-rotating tang holder or bit retracts into the tool toallow the rotating socket to engage the nut.

Reach for 0extended socket(both tang and bit)

Reach for 0extended socket(both tang and bit)

Hold and DriveNew “N” Style outputs

eliminate travel projectionabove the head

OutputSize

Travel(Inches)

Max NmRatings

Max ft lbRatings

“R”HeadRadius

Nm

“H” HeadHeight

ft lb

Output Dimensions

MinimumReach

mm in mm in mm in

OutputSize

“H” HeadHeight

MinimumReach

mm inmm inH18 1 46 34 17.5 0.69 109 4.3 52 2.0H18 2 46 34 17.5 0.69 142 5.6 85 3.3H22 1 120 88 22 0.88 118 4.7 51 2.0 N22 99 3.9 32 1.3H22 2 120 88 22 0.88 144 5.7 81 3.2 N22 137 5.4 73 2.9H26 1 221 163 26 1.02 114 4.6 43 1.7 N26 96 3.8 30 1.2H26 2 221 163 26 1.02 140 5.6 73 2.9H32 1 380 281 32 1.25 155 6.1 60 2.4H32 2 380 281 32 1.25 180 7.1 87 3.4

Hold and Drive Tools Hold the BoltWhile the Nut is Tightened

Hundreds of outputdesigns enable solutions that fit yourapplication. Stanley manufactures a completerange of outputs to access all types of threadedfasteners. By controlling both the design of thetool and the output, Stanley can properly match components in thetool design to help optimize performance and long life. With over 40years of experience in developing standard and special outputs, Stanleyhas the expertise to handle the most challenging fastening requirements.

HOLD AND DRIVETorque Range:11 to 380 Nm

TUBENUTTorque Range:4 to 180 Nm

CROWFOOTTorque Range:4 to 880 Nmand higher

FLUSH ANGLETorque Range:3 to 360 Nm

Stanley Specialty Outputs

Drive Fastener Access• Torque Levels From 3 to 880 Nm and Higher• Hundreds of Unique Designs From Over 40 Years Experience• Outputs Matched to the Tool Helps Optimize Performance

Page 114:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Driving Fastener Access

Sockets Matched to the Tool Optimizes Performance

Standard and Special Socket CapabilityUser Configured Standard Part Number defines socket for headgeometry, size and extension length.

Includes single hex, double hex, surface drive and fast lead.

Extension in 3mm or 1/8” increments to 51mm or 2”.

Special options include other fastener types,magnetic sockets and special extension lengths.

© 2008 The Stanley Works All Rights Reserved. SpecHd0808 Enu

Page 115:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Assembly Technologies

Fixtured Solutions Simplified

Page 116:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

Include- Red, green, yellow spindle status lights

Audible alarm- Eyebolt suspension

Reverse switch (rotary type)

E-stop with keyed option

• Standard Features

-

-- Yellow cycle stop button (3+ spindles)- (3+ spindles)

Stanley’s Global Mult Solutions

Save You Time and Money

• Most applications quoted from a standard list of mounting components, tightening tool controllers,and shipped within 3 weeks

Multiple spindle DC electric tightening systems enhance quality,productivity and ergonomics

tandard components usable in other applications

• from 2.5 to 322 Nm (2 to 237 ft lb)

• Enhances flexible manufacturing from s2 to 6 Spindles Vertical

Horizontal–– 2 to 6 Spindles– 2 to 4 Spindles Trunion Mount

Modular Adjustable Handles

Adjustable Hanger Mount

Circular Auxiliary Handle

Junction Box with Lights for(Hi, Lo, Go) Rundown Status,Dual Configuration, Reverse,Cycle Stop, and KeyedResettable E-Stop

Trunion Pivot with Adjustable Stops

Tool Start Handle

Packaged Solutions that Fit Most Multi-Spindle Applications

Preliminary 2008 THE STANLEY WORKS, ALL RIGHTS RESERVED© www.StanleyAssembly.com

Page 117:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy
Page 118:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy
Page 119:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy
Page 120:  · 2019-02-17 · Before ATC After ATC Torque Capability Torque Capability Hard 30° Soft 720° Hard 30° Soft 720° No lubricating oil. Low noise levels. Up to six times more energy

TPS CAPABILITIES, FEATURES & OPTIONS